Annotation of win32/pcre/pcre_compile.c, revision 1.3

1.1       misha       1: /*************************************************
                      2: *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
                      3: *************************************************/
                      4: 
                      5: /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
                      6: and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
                      7: 
                      8:                        Written by Philip Hazel
1.3     ! misha       9:            Copyright (c) 1997-2009 University of Cambridge
1.1       misha      10: 
                     11: -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     12: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
                     13: modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
                     14: 
                     15:     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
                     16:       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
                     17: 
                     18:     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
                     19:       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
                     20:       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
                     21: 
                     22:     * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
                     23:       contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
                     24:       this software without specific prior written permission.
                     25: 
                     26: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
                     27: AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
                     28: IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
                     29: ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
                     30: LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
                     31: CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
                     32: SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
                     33: INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
                     34: CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
                     35: ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
                     36: POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
                     37: -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     38: */
                     39: 
                     40: 
                     41: /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
                     42: supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
                     43: 
                     44: 
                     45: #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
                     46: #include "config.h"
                     47: #endif
                     48: 
                     49: #define NLBLOCK cd             /* Block containing newline information */
                     50: #define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
                     51: #define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
                     52: 
                     53: #include "pcre_internal.h"
                     54: 
                     55: 
                     56: /* When DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is also
                     57: used by pcretest. DEBUG is not defined when building a production library. */
                     58: 
                     59: #ifdef DEBUG
                     60: #include "pcre_printint.src"
                     61: #endif
                     62: 
                     63: 
                     64: /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
                     65: 
                     66: #define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8))
                     67: 
                     68: /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
                     69: holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
                     70: INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
                     71: to check them every time. */
                     72: 
                     73: #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
                     74: 
                     75: 
                     76: /*************************************************
                     77: *      Code parameters and static tables         *
                     78: *************************************************/
                     79: 
                     80: /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
                     81: first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
                     82: is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
                     83: soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
                     84: does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
                     85: so this number is very generous.
                     86: 
                     87: The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
                     88: remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
                     89: end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
                     90: is 4 there is plenty of room. */
                     91: 
                     92: #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (4096)
                     93: 
                     94: 
                     95: /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
                     96: are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
                     97: on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
                     98: is invalid. */
                     99: 
1.3     ! misha     100: #ifndef EBCDIC
        !           101: 
        !           102: /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
        !           103: in UTF-8 mode. */
        !           104: 
1.1       misha     105: static const short int escapes[] = {
1.3     ! misha     106:      0,                       0,
        !           107:      0,                       0,
        !           108:      0,                       0,
        !           109:      0,                       0,
        !           110:      0,                       0,
        !           111:      CHAR_COLON,              CHAR_SEMICOLON,
        !           112:      CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN,     CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
        !           113:      CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,  CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
        !           114:      CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT,      -ESC_A,
        !           115:      -ESC_B,                  -ESC_C,
        !           116:      -ESC_D,                  -ESC_E,
        !           117:      0,                       -ESC_G,
        !           118:      -ESC_H,                  0,
        !           119:      0,                       -ESC_K,
        !           120:      0,                       0,
        !           121:      0,                       0,
        !           122:      -ESC_P,                  -ESC_Q,
        !           123:      -ESC_R,                  -ESC_S,
        !           124:      0,                       0,
        !           125:      -ESC_V,                  -ESC_W,
        !           126:      -ESC_X,                  0,
        !           127:      -ESC_Z,                  CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
        !           128:      CHAR_BACKSLASH,          CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
        !           129:      CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT,  CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
        !           130:      CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT,       7,
        !           131:      -ESC_b,                  0,
        !           132:      -ESC_d,                  ESC_e,
        !           133:      ESC_f,                   0,
        !           134:      -ESC_h,                  0,
        !           135:      0,                       -ESC_k,
        !           136:      0,                       0,
        !           137:      ESC_n,                   0,
        !           138:      -ESC_p,                  0,
        !           139:      ESC_r,                   -ESC_s,
        !           140:      ESC_tee,                 0,
        !           141:      -ESC_v,                  -ESC_w,
        !           142:      0,                       0,
        !           143:      -ESC_z
1.1       misha     144: };
                    145: 
1.3     ! misha     146: #else
        !           147: 
        !           148: /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
        !           149: 
1.1       misha     150: static const short int escapes[] = {
                    151: /*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
                    152: /*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    153: /*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
                    154: /*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    155: /*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
                    156: /*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    157: /*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
                    158: /*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
                    159: /*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    160: /*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
                    161: /*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    162: /*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
                    163: /*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
                    164: /*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    165: /*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
                    166: /*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
                    167: /*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    168: /*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,     0,      0, -ESC_P,
                    169: /*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    170: /*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
                    171: /*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    172: /*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
                    173: /*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
                    174: };
                    175: #endif
                    176: 
                    177: 
                    178: /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
                    179: searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
1.3     ! misha     180: the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
        !           181: string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
        !           182: platforms. */
1.1       misha     183: 
                    184: typedef struct verbitem {
                    185:   int   len;
                    186:   int   op;
                    187: } verbitem;
                    188: 
                    189: static const char verbnames[] =
1.3     ! misha     190:   STRING_ACCEPT0
        !           191:   STRING_COMMIT0
        !           192:   STRING_F0
        !           193:   STRING_FAIL0
        !           194:   STRING_PRUNE0
        !           195:   STRING_SKIP0
        !           196:   STRING_THEN;
1.1       misha     197: 
                    198: static const verbitem verbs[] = {
                    199:   { 6, OP_ACCEPT },
                    200:   { 6, OP_COMMIT },
                    201:   { 1, OP_FAIL },
                    202:   { 4, OP_FAIL },
                    203:   { 5, OP_PRUNE },
                    204:   { 4, OP_SKIP  },
                    205:   { 4, OP_THEN  }
                    206: };
                    207: 
                    208: static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
                    209: 
                    210: 
                    211: /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
                    212: now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
                    213: library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
                    214: length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
                    215: for handling case independence. */
                    216: 
                    217: static const char posix_names[] =
1.3     ! misha     218:   STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
        !           219:   STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
        !           220:   STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
        !           221:   STRING_word0  STRING_xdigit;
1.1       misha     222: 
                    223: static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
                    224:   5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
                    225: 
                    226: /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
                    227: base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
                    228: classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
                    229: characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
                    230: character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
                    231: second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
                    232: addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
                    233: absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
                    234: remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
                    235: 
                    236: static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
                    237:   cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
                    238:   cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
                    239:   cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
                    240:   cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
                    241:   cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
                    242:   cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
                    243:   cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
                    244:   cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
                    245:   cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
                    246:   cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
                    247:   cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
                    248:   cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
                    249:   cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
                    250:   cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
                    251: };
                    252: 
                    253: 
                    254: #define STRING(a)  # a
                    255: #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
                    256: 
                    257: /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
                    258: are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
                    259: they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
                    260: are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
                    261: the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
                    262: it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
                    263: lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
                    264: simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
                    265: because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. */
                    266: 
                    267: static const char error_texts[] =
                    268:   "no error\0"
                    269:   "\\ at end of pattern\0"
                    270:   "\\c at end of pattern\0"
                    271:   "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
                    272:   "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
                    273:   /* 5 */
                    274:   "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
                    275:   "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
                    276:   "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
                    277:   "range out of order in character class\0"
                    278:   "nothing to repeat\0"
                    279:   /* 10 */
                    280:   "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0"  /** DEAD **/
                    281:   "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
                    282:   "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
                    283:   "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
                    284:   "missing )\0"
                    285:   /* 15 */
                    286:   "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
                    287:   "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
                    288:   "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
                    289:   "missing ) after comment\0"
                    290:   "parentheses nested too deeply\0"  /** DEAD **/
                    291:   /* 20 */
                    292:   "regular expression is too large\0"
                    293:   "failed to get memory\0"
                    294:   "unmatched parentheses\0"
                    295:   "internal error: code overflow\0"
                    296:   "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
                    297:   /* 25 */
                    298:   "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
                    299:   "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
                    300:   "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
                    301:   "assertion expected after (?(\0"
                    302:   "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
                    303:   /* 30 */
                    304:   "unknown POSIX class name\0"
                    305:   "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
                    306:   "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support\0"
                    307:   "spare error\0"  /** DEAD **/
                    308:   "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
                    309:   /* 35 */
                    310:   "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
                    311:   "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
                    312:   "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u\0"
                    313:   "number after (?C is > 255\0"
                    314:   "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
                    315:   /* 40 */
                    316:   "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
                    317:   "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
                    318:   "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
                    319:   "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
                    320:   "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
                    321:   /* 45 */
                    322:   "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
                    323:   "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
                    324:   "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
                    325:   "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
                    326:   "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
                    327:   /* 50 */
                    328:   "repeated subpattern is too long\0"    /** DEAD **/
                    329:   "octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)\0"
                    330:   "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
                    331:   "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
                    332:   "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
                    333:   /* 55 */
                    334:   "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"
                    335:   "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
                    336:   "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
                    337:   "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
                    338:   "(*VERB) with an argument is not supported\0"
                    339:   /* 60 */
                    340:   "(*VERB) not recognized\0"
                    341:   "number is too big\0"
                    342:   "subpattern name expected\0"
                    343:   "digit expected after (?+\0"
                    344:   "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode";
                    345: 
                    346: 
                    347: /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
                    348: patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
                    349: may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
                    350: to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
                    351: a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
                    352: character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
                    353: applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
                    354: efficiently.
                    355: 
                    356: For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
                    357: 
                    358:   0x04   decimal digit
                    359:   0x08   hexadecimal digit
                    360: 
                    361: Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
                    362: 
1.3     ! misha     363: #ifndef EBCDIC
        !           364: 
        !           365: /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
        !           366: UTF-8 mode. */
        !           367: 
1.1       misha     368: static const unsigned char digitab[] =
                    369:   {
                    370:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
                    371:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
                    372:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
                    373:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
                    374:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
                    375:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
                    376:   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
                    377:   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
                    378:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
                    379:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
                    380:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
                    381:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
                    382:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
                    383:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
                    384:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
                    385:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
                    386:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
                    387:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
                    388:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
                    389:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
                    390:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
                    391:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
                    392:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
                    393:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
                    394:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
                    395:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
                    396:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
                    397:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
                    398:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
                    399:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
                    400:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
                    401:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
                    402: 
1.3     ! misha     403: #else
        !           404: 
        !           405: /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
        !           406: 
1.1       misha     407: static const unsigned char digitab[] =
                    408:   {
                    409:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
                    410:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
                    411:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
                    412:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
                    413:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
                    414:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
                    415:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
                    416:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
                    417:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
                    418:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
                    419:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
                    420:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95    */
                    421:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
                    422:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
                    423:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
                    424:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
                    425:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
                    426:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
                    427:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
                    428:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
                    429:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
                    430:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
                    431:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
                    432:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
                    433:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
                    434:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
                    435:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
                    436:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
                    437:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
                    438:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
                    439:   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
                    440:   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
                    441: 
                    442: static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
                    443:   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
                    444:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
                    445:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
                    446:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
                    447:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
                    448:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
                    449:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
                    450:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
                    451:   0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
                    452:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
                    453:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
                    454:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95 */
                    455:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
                    456:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
                    457:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
                    458:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
                    459:   0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
                    460:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
                    461:   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
                    462:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
                    463:   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
                    464:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
                    465:   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
                    466:   0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
                    467:   0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
                    468:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
                    469:   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
                    470:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
                    471:   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
                    472:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
                    473:   0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
                    474:   0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
                    475: #endif
                    476: 
                    477: 
                    478: /* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
                    479: 
                    480: static BOOL
                    481:   compile_regex(int, int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int,
                    482:     int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *);
                    483: 
                    484: 
                    485: 
                    486: /*************************************************
                    487: *            Find an error text                  *
                    488: *************************************************/
                    489: 
                    490: /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
                    491: some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
                    492: Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
                    493: because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
                    494: 
                    495: Argument:   the error number
                    496: Returns:    pointer to the error string
                    497: */
                    498: 
                    499: static const char *
                    500: find_error_text(int n)
                    501: {
                    502: const char *s = error_texts;
1.2       misha     503: for (; n > 0; n--) while (*s++ != 0) {};
1.1       misha     504: return s;
                    505: }
                    506: 
                    507: 
                    508: /*************************************************
                    509: *            Handle escapes                      *
                    510: *************************************************/
                    511: 
                    512: /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
                    513: positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
                    514: encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group
                    515: n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When
                    516: UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry,
                    517: ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape
                    518: sequence.
                    519: 
                    520: Arguments:
                    521:   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
                    522:   errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
                    523:   bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
                    524:   options        the options bits
                    525:   isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
                    526: 
                    527: Returns:         zero or positive => a data character
                    528:                  negative => a special escape sequence
                    529:                  on error, errorcodeptr is set
                    530: */
                    531: 
                    532: static int
                    533: check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
                    534:   int options, BOOL isclass)
                    535: {
                    536: BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
                    537: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
                    538: int c, i;
                    539: 
                    540: GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);           /* Get character value, increment pointer */
                    541: ptr--;                            /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
                    542: 
                    543: /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
                    544: 
                    545: if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
                    546: 
                    547: /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
                    548: in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
                    549: Otherwise further processing may be required. */
                    550: 
1.3     ! misha     551: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
        !           552: else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}                     /* Not alphanumeric */
        !           553: else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) c = i;
1.1       misha     554: 
                    555: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
                    556: else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {}   /* Not alphanumeric */
                    557: else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  c = i;
                    558: #endif
                    559: 
                    560: /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
                    561: 
                    562: else
                    563:   {
                    564:   const uschar *oldptr;
                    565:   BOOL braced, negated;
                    566: 
                    567:   switch (c)
                    568:     {
                    569:     /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
                    570:     error. */
                    571: 
1.3     ! misha     572:     case CHAR_l:
        !           573:     case CHAR_L:
        !           574:     case CHAR_N:
        !           575:     case CHAR_u:
        !           576:     case CHAR_U:
1.1       misha     577:     *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
                    578:     break;
                    579: 
                    580:     /* \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
                    581: 
                    582:     (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
                    583:     backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
                    584:     5.10 feature.
                    585: 
                    586:     (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
                    587:     is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
                    588:     this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
                    589:     was \k.
                    590: 
                    591:     (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
                    592:     number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
                    593:     (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
                    594:     the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */
                    595: 
1.3     ! misha     596:     case CHAR_g:
        !           597:     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
1.1       misha     598:       {
                    599:       c = -ESC_g;
                    600:       break;
                    601:       }
                    602: 
                    603:     /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
                    604: 
1.3     ! misha     605:     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     606:       {
                    607:       const uschar *p;
1.3     ! misha     608:       for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
        !           609:         if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
        !           610:       if (*p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     611:         {
                    612:         c = -ESC_k;
                    613:         break;
                    614:         }
                    615:       braced = TRUE;
                    616:       ptr++;
                    617:       }
                    618:     else braced = FALSE;
                    619: 
1.3     ! misha     620:     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
1.1       misha     621:       {
                    622:       negated = TRUE;
                    623:       ptr++;
                    624:       }
                    625:     else negated = FALSE;
                    626: 
                    627:     c = 0;
                    628:     while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
1.3     ! misha     629:       c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha     630: 
                    631:     if (c < 0)   /* Integer overflow */
                    632:       {
                    633:       *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
                    634:       break;
                    635:       }
                    636: 
1.3     ! misha     637:     if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     638:       {
                    639:       *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
                    640:       break;
                    641:       }
                    642: 
                    643:     if (c == 0)
                    644:       {
                    645:       *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
                    646:       break;
                    647:       }
                    648: 
                    649:     if (negated)
                    650:       {
                    651:       if (c > bracount)
                    652:         {
                    653:         *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                    654:         break;
                    655:         }
                    656:       c = bracount - (c - 1);
                    657:       }
                    658: 
                    659:     c = -(ESC_REF + c);
                    660:     break;
                    661: 
                    662:     /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
                    663:     starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
                    664:     the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
                    665: 
                    666:     Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
                    667:     number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
                    668:     left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
                    669:     digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
                    670:     123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
                    671:     value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
                    672:     character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
                    673: 
1.3     ! misha     674:     case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
        !           675:     case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
1.1       misha     676: 
                    677:     if (!isclass)
                    678:       {
                    679:       oldptr = ptr;
1.3     ! misha     680:       c -= CHAR_0;
1.1       misha     681:       while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
1.3     ! misha     682:         c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha     683:       if (c < 0)    /* Integer overflow */
                    684:         {
                    685:         *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
                    686:         break;
                    687:         }
                    688:       if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
                    689:         {
                    690:         c = -(ESC_REF + c);
                    691:         break;
                    692:         }
                    693:       ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
                    694:       }
                    695: 
                    696:     /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
                    697:     generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
                    698:     Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
                    699: 
1.3     ! misha     700:     if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8)
1.1       misha     701:       {
                    702:       ptr--;
                    703:       c = 0;
                    704:       break;
                    705:       }
                    706: 
                    707:     /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
                    708:     larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
                    709:     significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
                    710:     to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more
                    711:     than 3 octal digits. */
                    712: 
1.3     ! misha     713:     case CHAR_0:
        !           714:     c -= CHAR_0;
        !           715:     while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
        !           716:         c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha     717:     if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
                    718:     break;
                    719: 
                    720:     /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
                    721:     than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is
                    722:     treated as a data character. */
                    723: 
1.3     ! misha     724:     case CHAR_x:
        !           725:     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     726:       {
                    727:       const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
                    728:       int count = 0;
                    729: 
                    730:       c = 0;
                    731:       while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
                    732:         {
                    733:         register int cc = *pt++;
1.3     ! misha     734:         if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
1.1       misha     735:         count++;
                    736: 
1.3     ! misha     737: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
        !           738:         if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
        !           739:         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1.1       misha     740: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
1.3     ! misha     741:         if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
        !           742:         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1.1       misha     743: #endif
                    744:         }
                    745: 
1.3     ! misha     746:       if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     747:         {
                    748:         if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
                    749:         ptr = pt;
                    750:         break;
                    751:         }
                    752: 
                    753:       /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
                    754:       recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
                    755:       }
                    756: 
                    757:     /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
                    758: 
                    759:     c = 0;
                    760:     while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
                    761:       {
1.3     ! misha     762:       int cc;                                  /* Some compilers don't like */
        !           763:       cc = *(++ptr);                           /* ++ in initializers */
        !           764: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
        !           765:       if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
        !           766:       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1.1       misha     767: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
1.3     ! misha     768:       if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
        !           769:       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
1.1       misha     770: #endif
                    771:       }
                    772:     break;
                    773: 
                    774:     /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
                    775:     This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
                    776:     ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
                    777: 
1.3     ! misha     778:     case CHAR_c:
1.1       misha     779:     c = *(++ptr);
                    780:     if (c == 0)
                    781:       {
                    782:       *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
                    783:       break;
                    784:       }
                    785: 
1.3     ! misha     786: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
        !           787:     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
1.1       misha     788:     c ^= 0x40;
                    789: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
1.3     ! misha     790:     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
1.1       misha     791:     c ^= 0xC0;
                    792: #endif
                    793:     break;
                    794: 
                    795:     /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
                    796:     other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
                    797:     otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
                    798:     odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
                    799:     be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
                    800: 
                    801:     default:
                    802:     if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
                    803:       {
                    804:       default:
                    805:       *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
                    806:       break;
                    807:       }
                    808:     break;
                    809:     }
                    810:   }
                    811: 
                    812: *ptrptr = ptr;
                    813: return c;
                    814: }
                    815: 
                    816: 
                    817: 
                    818: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                    819: /*************************************************
                    820: *               Handle \P and \p                 *
                    821: *************************************************/
                    822: 
                    823: /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
                    824: PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
                    825: pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
                    826: escape sequence.
                    827: 
                    828: Argument:
                    829:   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
                    830:   negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
                    831:   dptr           points to an int that is set to the detailed property value
                    832:   errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
                    833: 
                    834: Returns:         type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
                    835: */
                    836: 
                    837: static int
                    838: get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr)
                    839: {
                    840: int c, i, bot, top;
                    841: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
                    842: char name[32];
                    843: 
                    844: c = *(++ptr);
                    845: if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
                    846: 
                    847: *negptr = FALSE;
                    848: 
                    849: /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
                    850: negation. */
                    851: 
1.3     ! misha     852: if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     853:   {
1.3     ! misha     854:   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
1.1       misha     855:     {
                    856:     *negptr = TRUE;
                    857:     ptr++;
                    858:     }
                    859:   for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++)
                    860:     {
                    861:     c = *(++ptr);
                    862:     if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
1.3     ! misha     863:     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
1.1       misha     864:     name[i] = c;
                    865:     }
1.3     ! misha     866:   if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
1.1       misha     867:   name[i] = 0;
                    868:   }
                    869: 
                    870: /* Otherwise there is just one following character */
                    871: 
                    872: else
                    873:   {
                    874:   name[0] = c;
                    875:   name[1] = 0;
                    876:   }
                    877: 
                    878: *ptrptr = ptr;
                    879: 
                    880: /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
                    881: 
                    882: bot = 0;
                    883: top = _pcre_utt_size;
                    884: 
                    885: while (bot < top)
                    886:   {
                    887:   i = (bot + top) >> 1;
                    888:   c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt_names + _pcre_utt[i].name_offset);
                    889:   if (c == 0)
                    890:     {
                    891:     *dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value;
                    892:     return _pcre_utt[i].type;
                    893:     }
                    894:   if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
                    895:   }
                    896: 
                    897: *errorcodeptr = ERR47;
                    898: *ptrptr = ptr;
                    899: return -1;
                    900: 
                    901: ERROR_RETURN:
                    902: *errorcodeptr = ERR46;
                    903: *ptrptr = ptr;
                    904: return -1;
                    905: }
                    906: #endif
                    907: 
                    908: 
                    909: 
                    910: 
                    911: /*************************************************
                    912: *            Check for counted repeat            *
                    913: *************************************************/
                    914: 
                    915: /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
                    916: start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
                    917: It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
                    918: where the ddds are digits.
                    919: 
                    920: Arguments:
                    921:   p         pointer to the first char after '{'
                    922: 
                    923: Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
                    924: */
                    925: 
                    926: static BOOL
                    927: is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
                    928: {
                    929: if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
                    930: while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
1.3     ! misha     931: if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
1.1       misha     932: 
1.3     ! misha     933: if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
        !           934: if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
1.1       misha     935: 
                    936: if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
                    937: while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
                    938: 
1.3     ! misha     939: return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
1.1       misha     940: }
                    941: 
                    942: 
                    943: 
                    944: /*************************************************
                    945: *         Read repeat counts                     *
                    946: *************************************************/
                    947: 
                    948: /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
                    949: after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
                    950: so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
                    951: 
                    952: Arguments:
                    953:   p              pointer to first char after '{'
                    954:   minp           pointer to int for min
                    955:   maxp           pointer to int for max
                    956:                  returned as -1 if no max
                    957:   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
                    958: 
                    959: Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
                    960:                  current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
                    961: */
                    962: 
                    963: static const uschar *
                    964: read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
                    965: {
                    966: int min = 0;
                    967: int max = -1;
                    968: 
                    969: /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
                    970: an integer overflow. */
                    971: 
1.3     ! misha     972: while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha     973: if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
                    974:   {
                    975:   *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
                    976:   return p;
                    977:   }
                    978: 
                    979: /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
                    980: Also, max must not be less than min. */
                    981: 
1.3     ! misha     982: if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
1.1       misha     983:   {
1.3     ! misha     984:   if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
1.1       misha     985:     {
                    986:     max = 0;
1.3     ! misha     987:     while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha     988:     if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
                    989:       {
                    990:       *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
                    991:       return p;
                    992:       }
                    993:     if (max < min)
                    994:       {
                    995:       *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
                    996:       return p;
                    997:       }
                    998:     }
                    999:   }
                   1000: 
                   1001: /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
                   1002: '}'. */
                   1003: 
                   1004: *minp = min;
                   1005: *maxp = max;
                   1006: return p;
                   1007: }
                   1008: 
                   1009: 
                   1010: 
                   1011: /*************************************************
1.3     ! misha    1012: *  Subroutine for finding forward reference      *
1.1       misha    1013: *************************************************/
                   1014: 
1.3     ! misha    1015: /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The
        !          1016: top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must
        !          1017: start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
1.1       misha    1018: subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
                   1019: name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
1.3     ! misha    1020: returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. We know that if (?P< is
        !          1021: encountered, the name will be terminated by '>' because that is checked in the
        !          1022: first pass. Recursion is used to keep track of subpatterns that reset the
        !          1023: capturing group numbers - the (?| feature.
1.1       misha    1024: 
                   1025: Arguments:
1.3     ! misha    1026:   ptrptr       address of the current character pointer (updated)
1.1       misha    1027:   cd           compile background data
                   1028:   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
                   1029:   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
                   1030:   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
1.3     ! misha    1031:   count        pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated)
1.1       misha    1032: 
                   1033: Returns:       the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
                   1034: */
                   1035: 
                   1036: static int
1.3     ! misha    1037: find_parens_sub(uschar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn,
        !          1038:   BOOL xmode, int *count)
1.1       misha    1039: {
1.3     ! misha    1040: uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
        !          1041: int start_count = *count;
        !          1042: int hwm_count = start_count;
        !          1043: BOOL dup_parens = FALSE;
        !          1044: 
        !          1045: /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are
        !          1046: dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */
        !          1047: 
        !          1048: if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
        !          1049:   {
        !          1050:   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
        !          1051:       ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
        !          1052:     {
        !          1053:     ptr += 3;
        !          1054:     dup_parens = TRUE;
        !          1055:     }
        !          1056: 
        !          1057:   /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis */
        !          1058: 
        !          1059:   else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK)
        !          1060:     {
        !          1061:     *count += 1;
        !          1062:     if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
        !          1063:     ptr++;
        !          1064:     }
        !          1065: 
        !          1066:   /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it
        !          1067:   is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the
        !          1068:   condition (there can't be any nested parens. */
        !          1069: 
        !          1070:   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
        !          1071:     {
        !          1072:     ptr += 2;
        !          1073:     if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
        !          1074:       {
        !          1075:       while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
        !          1076:       if (*ptr != 0) ptr++;
        !          1077:       }
        !          1078:     }
        !          1079: 
        !          1080:   /* We have either (? or (* and not a condition */
        !          1081: 
        !          1082:   else
        !          1083:     {
        !          1084:     ptr += 2;
        !          1085:     if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++;                      /* Allow optional P */
        !          1086: 
        !          1087:     /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */
        !          1088: 
        !          1089:     if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK &&
        !          1090:         ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
        !          1091:       {
        !          1092:       int term;
        !          1093:       const uschar *thisname;
        !          1094:       *count += 1;
        !          1095:       if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
        !          1096:       term = *ptr++;
        !          1097:       if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
        !          1098:       thisname = ptr;
        !          1099:       while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
        !          1100:       if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname &&
        !          1101:           strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0)
        !          1102:         return *count;
        !          1103:       }
        !          1104:     }
        !          1105:   }
        !          1106: 
        !          1107: /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical
        !          1108: bars. */
1.1       misha    1109: 
                   1110: for (; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
                   1111:   {
                   1112:   /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
                   1113: 
1.3     ! misha    1114:   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    1115:     {
1.3     ! misha    1116:     if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
        !          1117:     if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
1.1       misha    1118:       {
1.3     ! misha    1119:       while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
        !          1120:       if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
        !          1121:       if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
1.1       misha    1122:       }
                   1123:     continue;
                   1124:     }
                   1125: 
                   1126:   /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
                   1127:   are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
                   1128:   first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
1.3     ! misha    1129:   too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to
        !          1130:   encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */
1.1       misha    1131: 
1.3     ! misha    1132:   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
1.1       misha    1133:     {
                   1134:     BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
                   1135:     for (;;)
                   1136:       {
                   1137:       int c = *(++ptr);
1.3     ! misha    1138:       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    1139:         {
1.3     ! misha    1140:         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
        !          1141:           ptr++;
        !          1142:         else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
        !          1143:                  STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
        !          1144:           ptr += 3;
        !          1145:         else
        !          1146:           break;
1.1       misha    1147:         }
1.3     ! misha    1148:       else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
1.1       misha    1149:         negate_class = TRUE;
                   1150:       else break;
                   1151:       }
                   1152: 
                   1153:     /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
                   1154:     skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
                   1155: 
1.3     ! misha    1156:     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
        !          1157:         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
1.1       misha    1158:       ptr++;
                   1159: 
1.3     ! misha    1160:     while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
1.1       misha    1161:       {
                   1162:       if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
1.3     ! misha    1163:       if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    1164:         {
1.3     ! misha    1165:         if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
        !          1166:         if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
1.1       misha    1167:           {
1.3     ! misha    1168:           while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
        !          1169:           if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
        !          1170:           if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
1.1       misha    1171:           }
                   1172:         continue;
                   1173:         }
                   1174:       }
                   1175:     continue;
                   1176:     }
                   1177: 
                   1178:   /* Skip comments in /x mode */
                   1179: 
1.3     ! misha    1180:   if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
1.1       misha    1181:     {
1.3     ! misha    1182:     while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NL) {};
        !          1183:     if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
1.1       misha    1184:     continue;
                   1185:     }
                   1186: 
1.3     ! misha    1187:   /* Check for the special metacharacters */
        !          1188: 
        !          1189:   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
        !          1190:     {
        !          1191:     int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, count);
        !          1192:     if (rc > 0) return rc;
        !          1193:     if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
        !          1194:     }
        !          1195: 
        !          1196:   else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
        !          1197:     {
        !          1198:     if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count;
        !          1199:     *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          1200:     return -1;
        !          1201:     }
1.1       misha    1202: 
1.3     ! misha    1203:   else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens)
1.1       misha    1204:     {
1.3     ! misha    1205:     if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count;
        !          1206:     *count = start_count;
1.1       misha    1207:     }
1.3     ! misha    1208:   }
        !          1209: 
        !          1210: FAIL_EXIT:
        !          1211: *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          1212: return -1;
        !          1213: }
1.1       misha    1214: 
                   1215: 
                   1216: 
                   1217: 
1.3     ! misha    1218: /*************************************************
        !          1219: *       Find forward referenced subpattern       *
        !          1220: *************************************************/
        !          1221: 
        !          1222: /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
        !          1223: subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
        !          1224: name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
        !          1225: returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
        !          1226: references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the
        !          1227: current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and
        !          1228: do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate
        !          1229: subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to
        !          1230: take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track
        !          1231: of the different types of group.
        !          1232: 
        !          1233: Arguments:
        !          1234:   cd           compile background data
        !          1235:   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
        !          1236:   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
        !          1237:   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
        !          1238: 
        !          1239: Returns:       the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found
        !          1240: */
        !          1241: 
        !          1242: static int
        !          1243: find_parens(compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode)
        !          1244: {
        !          1245: uschar *ptr = (uschar *)cd->start_pattern;
        !          1246: int count = 0;
        !          1247: int rc;
        !          1248: 
        !          1249: /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call
        !          1250: to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it
        !          1251: does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the
        !          1252: matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */
1.1       misha    1253: 
1.3     ! misha    1254: for (;;)
        !          1255:   {
        !          1256:   rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, &count);
        !          1257:   if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == 0) break;
1.1       misha    1258:   }
                   1259: 
1.3     ! misha    1260: return rc;
1.1       misha    1261: }
                   1262: 
                   1263: 
                   1264: 
1.3     ! misha    1265: 
1.1       misha    1266: /*************************************************
                   1267: *      Find first significant op code            *
                   1268: *************************************************/
                   1269: 
                   1270: /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
                   1271: for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
                   1272: that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
                   1273: For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
                   1274: assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
                   1275: 
                   1276: Arguments:
                   1277:   code         pointer to the start of the group
                   1278:   options      pointer to external options
                   1279:   optbit       the option bit whose changing is significant, or
                   1280:                  zero if none are
                   1281:   skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
                   1282: 
                   1283: Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
                   1284: */
                   1285: 
                   1286: static const uschar*
                   1287: first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
                   1288:   BOOL skipassert)
                   1289: {
                   1290: for (;;)
                   1291:   {
                   1292:   switch ((int)*code)
                   1293:     {
                   1294:     case OP_OPT:
                   1295:     if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
                   1296:       *options = (int)code[1];
                   1297:     code += 2;
                   1298:     break;
                   1299: 
                   1300:     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
                   1301:     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
                   1302:     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
                   1303:     if (!skipassert) return code;
                   1304:     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
                   1305:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
                   1306:     break;
                   1307: 
                   1308:     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
                   1309:     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
                   1310:     if (!skipassert) return code;
                   1311:     /* Fall through */
                   1312: 
                   1313:     case OP_CALLOUT:
                   1314:     case OP_CREF:
                   1315:     case OP_RREF:
                   1316:     case OP_DEF:
                   1317:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
                   1318:     break;
                   1319: 
                   1320:     default:
                   1321:     return code;
                   1322:     }
                   1323:   }
                   1324: /* Control never reaches here */
                   1325: }
                   1326: 
                   1327: 
                   1328: 
                   1329: 
                   1330: /*************************************************
                   1331: *        Find the fixed length of a pattern      *
                   1332: *************************************************/
                   1333: 
                   1334: /* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
                   1335: if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
                   1336: In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
                   1337: 
                   1338: Arguments:
                   1339:   code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
                   1340:   options  the compiling options
                   1341: 
                   1342: Returns:   the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
                   1343:              or -2 if \C was encountered
                   1344: */
                   1345: 
                   1346: static int
                   1347: find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
                   1348: {
                   1349: int length = -1;
                   1350: 
                   1351: register int branchlength = 0;
                   1352: register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   1353: 
                   1354: /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
                   1355: branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
                   1356: 
                   1357: for (;;)
                   1358:   {
                   1359:   int d;
                   1360:   register int op = *cc;
                   1361:   switch (op)
                   1362:     {
                   1363:     case OP_CBRA:
                   1364:     case OP_BRA:
                   1365:     case OP_ONCE:
                   1366:     case OP_COND:
                   1367:     d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), options);
                   1368:     if (d < 0) return d;
                   1369:     branchlength += d;
                   1370:     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
                   1371:     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   1372:     break;
                   1373: 
                   1374:     /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
                   1375:     call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
                   1376:     END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
                   1377: 
                   1378:     case OP_ALT:
                   1379:     case OP_KET:
                   1380:     case OP_KETRMAX:
                   1381:     case OP_KETRMIN:
                   1382:     case OP_END:
                   1383:     if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
                   1384:       else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
                   1385:     if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
                   1386:     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   1387:     branchlength = 0;
                   1388:     break;
                   1389: 
                   1390:     /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
                   1391: 
                   1392:     case OP_ASSERT:
                   1393:     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
                   1394:     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
                   1395:     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
                   1396:     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
                   1397:     /* Fall through */
                   1398: 
                   1399:     /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
                   1400: 
                   1401:     case OP_REVERSE:
                   1402:     case OP_CREF:
                   1403:     case OP_RREF:
                   1404:     case OP_DEF:
                   1405:     case OP_OPT:
                   1406:     case OP_CALLOUT:
                   1407:     case OP_SOD:
                   1408:     case OP_SOM:
                   1409:     case OP_EOD:
                   1410:     case OP_EODN:
                   1411:     case OP_CIRC:
                   1412:     case OP_DOLL:
                   1413:     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
                   1414:     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
                   1415:     cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
                   1416:     break;
                   1417: 
                   1418:     /* Handle literal characters */
                   1419: 
                   1420:     case OP_CHAR:
                   1421:     case OP_CHARNC:
                   1422:     case OP_NOT:
                   1423:     branchlength++;
                   1424:     cc += 2;
                   1425: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1426:     if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
                   1427:       {
                   1428:       while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
                   1429:       }
                   1430: #endif
                   1431:     break;
                   1432: 
                   1433:     /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
                   1434:     need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
                   1435: 
                   1436:     case OP_EXACT:
                   1437:     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
                   1438:     cc += 4;
                   1439: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1440:     if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
                   1441:       {
                   1442:       while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
                   1443:       }
                   1444: #endif
                   1445:     break;
                   1446: 
                   1447:     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
                   1448:     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
                   1449:     if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2;
                   1450:     cc += 4;
                   1451:     break;
                   1452: 
                   1453:     /* Handle single-char matchers */
                   1454: 
                   1455:     case OP_PROP:
                   1456:     case OP_NOTPROP:
                   1457:     cc += 2;
                   1458:     /* Fall through */
                   1459: 
                   1460:     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
                   1461:     case OP_DIGIT:
                   1462:     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
                   1463:     case OP_WHITESPACE:
                   1464:     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
                   1465:     case OP_WORDCHAR:
                   1466:     case OP_ANY:
                   1467:     case OP_ALLANY:
                   1468:     branchlength++;
                   1469:     cc++;
                   1470:     break;
                   1471: 
                   1472:     /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
                   1473: 
                   1474:     case OP_ANYBYTE:
                   1475:     return -2;
                   1476: 
                   1477:     /* Check a class for variable quantification */
                   1478: 
                   1479: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1480:     case OP_XCLASS:
                   1481:     cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
                   1482:     /* Fall through */
                   1483: #endif
                   1484: 
                   1485:     case OP_CLASS:
                   1486:     case OP_NCLASS:
                   1487:     cc += 33;
                   1488: 
                   1489:     switch (*cc)
                   1490:       {
                   1491:       case OP_CRSTAR:
                   1492:       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
                   1493:       case OP_CRQUERY:
                   1494:       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
                   1495:       return -1;
                   1496: 
                   1497:       case OP_CRRANGE:
                   1498:       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
                   1499:       if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
                   1500:       branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
                   1501:       cc += 5;
                   1502:       break;
                   1503: 
                   1504:       default:
                   1505:       branchlength++;
                   1506:       }
                   1507:     break;
                   1508: 
                   1509:     /* Anything else is variable length */
                   1510: 
                   1511:     default:
                   1512:     return -1;
                   1513:     }
                   1514:   }
                   1515: /* Control never gets here */
                   1516: }
                   1517: 
                   1518: 
                   1519: 
                   1520: 
                   1521: /*************************************************
                   1522: *    Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket    *
                   1523: *************************************************/
                   1524: 
                   1525: /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
                   1526: capturing bracket with the given number.
                   1527: 
                   1528: Arguments:
                   1529:   code        points to start of expression
                   1530:   utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
                   1531:   number      the required bracket number
                   1532: 
                   1533: Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
                   1534: */
                   1535: 
                   1536: static const uschar *
                   1537: find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
                   1538: {
                   1539: for (;;)
                   1540:   {
                   1541:   register int c = *code;
                   1542:   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
                   1543: 
                   1544:   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
                   1545:   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
                   1546:   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
                   1547: 
                   1548:   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
                   1549: 
                   1550:   /* Handle capturing bracket */
                   1551: 
                   1552:   else if (c == OP_CBRA)
                   1553:     {
                   1554:     int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
                   1555:     if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
                   1556:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
                   1557:     }
                   1558: 
                   1559:   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
                   1560:   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
                   1561:   two bytes of parameters. */
                   1562: 
                   1563:   else
                   1564:     {
                   1565:     switch(c)
                   1566:       {
                   1567:       case OP_TYPESTAR:
                   1568:       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
                   1569:       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
                   1570:       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
                   1571:       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
                   1572:       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
                   1573:       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
                   1574:       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
                   1575:       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
                   1576:       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
                   1577:       break;
                   1578: 
                   1579:       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
                   1580:       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
                   1581:       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
                   1582:       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
                   1583:       if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
                   1584:       break;
                   1585:       }
                   1586: 
                   1587:     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
                   1588: 
                   1589:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
                   1590: 
                   1591:   /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
                   1592:   a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
                   1593:   arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
                   1594: 
                   1595: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1596:     if (utf8) switch(c)
                   1597:       {
                   1598:       case OP_CHAR:
                   1599:       case OP_CHARNC:
                   1600:       case OP_EXACT:
                   1601:       case OP_UPTO:
                   1602:       case OP_MINUPTO:
                   1603:       case OP_POSUPTO:
                   1604:       case OP_STAR:
                   1605:       case OP_MINSTAR:
                   1606:       case OP_POSSTAR:
                   1607:       case OP_PLUS:
                   1608:       case OP_MINPLUS:
                   1609:       case OP_POSPLUS:
                   1610:       case OP_QUERY:
                   1611:       case OP_MINQUERY:
                   1612:       case OP_POSQUERY:
                   1613:       if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
                   1614:       break;
                   1615:       }
1.2       misha    1616: #else
                   1617:     (void)(utf8);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
1.1       misha    1618: #endif
                   1619:     }
                   1620:   }
                   1621: }
                   1622: 
                   1623: 
                   1624: 
                   1625: /*************************************************
                   1626: *   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
                   1627: *************************************************/
                   1628: 
                   1629: /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
                   1630: instance of OP_RECURSE.
                   1631: 
                   1632: Arguments:
                   1633:   code        points to start of expression
                   1634:   utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
                   1635: 
                   1636: Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
                   1637: */
                   1638: 
                   1639: static const uschar *
                   1640: find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
                   1641: {
                   1642: for (;;)
                   1643:   {
                   1644:   register int c = *code;
                   1645:   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
                   1646:   if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
                   1647: 
                   1648:   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
                   1649:   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
                   1650:   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
                   1651: 
                   1652:   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
                   1653: 
                   1654:   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
                   1655:   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
                   1656:   two bytes of parameters. */
                   1657: 
                   1658:   else
                   1659:     {
                   1660:     switch(c)
                   1661:       {
                   1662:       case OP_TYPESTAR:
                   1663:       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
                   1664:       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
                   1665:       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
                   1666:       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
                   1667:       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
                   1668:       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
                   1669:       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
                   1670:       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
                   1671:       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
                   1672:       break;
                   1673: 
                   1674:       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
                   1675:       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
                   1676:       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
                   1677:       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
                   1678:       if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
                   1679:       break;
                   1680:       }
                   1681: 
                   1682:     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
                   1683: 
                   1684:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
                   1685: 
                   1686:     /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
                   1687:     by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
                   1688:     to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
                   1689: 
                   1690: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1691:     if (utf8) switch(c)
                   1692:       {
                   1693:       case OP_CHAR:
                   1694:       case OP_CHARNC:
                   1695:       case OP_EXACT:
                   1696:       case OP_UPTO:
                   1697:       case OP_MINUPTO:
                   1698:       case OP_POSUPTO:
                   1699:       case OP_STAR:
                   1700:       case OP_MINSTAR:
                   1701:       case OP_POSSTAR:
                   1702:       case OP_PLUS:
                   1703:       case OP_MINPLUS:
                   1704:       case OP_POSPLUS:
                   1705:       case OP_QUERY:
                   1706:       case OP_MINQUERY:
                   1707:       case OP_POSQUERY:
                   1708:       if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
                   1709:       break;
                   1710:       }
1.2       misha    1711: #else
                   1712:     (void)(utf8);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
1.1       misha    1713: #endif
                   1714:     }
                   1715:   }
                   1716: }
                   1717: 
                   1718: 
                   1719: 
                   1720: /*************************************************
                   1721: *    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
                   1722: *************************************************/
                   1723: 
                   1724: /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
                   1725: can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
                   1726: below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
                   1727: group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
                   1728: backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
                   1729: hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
                   1730: bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
                   1731: 
                   1732: Arguments:
                   1733:   code        points to start of search
                   1734:   endcode     points to where to stop
                   1735:   utf8        TRUE if in UTF8 mode
                   1736: 
                   1737: Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
                   1738: */
                   1739: 
                   1740: static BOOL
                   1741: could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
                   1742: {
                   1743: register int c;
                   1744: for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], NULL, 0, TRUE);
                   1745:      code < endcode;
                   1746:      code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
                   1747:   {
                   1748:   const uschar *ccode;
                   1749: 
                   1750:   c = *code;
                   1751: 
                   1752:   /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
                   1753:   first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
                   1754: 
                   1755:   if (c == OP_ASSERT)
                   1756:     {
                   1757:     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
                   1758:     c = *code;
                   1759:     continue;
                   1760:     }
                   1761: 
                   1762:   /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
                   1763: 
                   1764:   if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO)
                   1765:     {
                   1766:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
                   1767:     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
                   1768:     c = *code;
                   1769:     continue;
                   1770:     }
                   1771: 
                   1772:   /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
                   1773: 
                   1774:   if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_COND)
                   1775:     {
                   1776:     BOOL empty_branch;
                   1777:     if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
                   1778: 
1.3     ! misha    1779:     /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
        !          1780:     empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
        !          1781:     Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
1.1       misha    1782: 
1.3     ! misha    1783:     if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
        !          1784:       code += GET(code, 1);
        !          1785:     else
1.1       misha    1786:       {
1.3     ! misha    1787:       empty_branch = FALSE;
        !          1788:       do
        !          1789:         {
        !          1790:         if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
        !          1791:           empty_branch = TRUE;
        !          1792:         code += GET(code, 1);
        !          1793:         }
        !          1794:       while (*code == OP_ALT);
        !          1795:       if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
1.1       misha    1796:       }
1.3     ! misha    1797: 
1.1       misha    1798:     c = *code;
                   1799:     continue;
                   1800:     }
                   1801: 
                   1802:   /* Handle the other opcodes */
                   1803: 
                   1804:   switch (c)
                   1805:     {
                   1806:     /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
                   1807:     cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
                   1808:     high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the
                   1809:     actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
                   1810:     here. */
                   1811: 
                   1812: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1813:     case OP_XCLASS:
                   1814:     ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
                   1815:     goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
                   1816: #endif
                   1817: 
                   1818:     case OP_CLASS:
                   1819:     case OP_NCLASS:
                   1820:     ccode = code + 33;
                   1821: 
                   1822: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1823:     CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
                   1824: #endif
                   1825: 
                   1826:     switch (*ccode)
                   1827:       {
                   1828:       case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
                   1829:       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
                   1830:       case OP_CRQUERY:
                   1831:       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
                   1832:       break;
                   1833: 
                   1834:       default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
                   1835:       case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
                   1836:       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
                   1837:       return FALSE;
                   1838: 
                   1839:       case OP_CRRANGE:
                   1840:       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
                   1841:       if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
                   1842:       break;
                   1843:       }
                   1844:     break;
                   1845: 
                   1846:     /* Opcodes that must match a character */
                   1847: 
                   1848:     case OP_PROP:
                   1849:     case OP_NOTPROP:
                   1850:     case OP_EXTUNI:
                   1851:     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
                   1852:     case OP_DIGIT:
                   1853:     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
                   1854:     case OP_WHITESPACE:
                   1855:     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
                   1856:     case OP_WORDCHAR:
                   1857:     case OP_ANY:
                   1858:     case OP_ALLANY:
                   1859:     case OP_ANYBYTE:
                   1860:     case OP_CHAR:
                   1861:     case OP_CHARNC:
                   1862:     case OP_NOT:
                   1863:     case OP_PLUS:
                   1864:     case OP_MINPLUS:
                   1865:     case OP_POSPLUS:
                   1866:     case OP_EXACT:
                   1867:     case OP_NOTPLUS:
                   1868:     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
                   1869:     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
                   1870:     case OP_NOTEXACT:
                   1871:     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
                   1872:     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
                   1873:     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
                   1874:     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
                   1875:     return FALSE;
                   1876: 
                   1877:     /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
                   1878:     fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
                   1879: 
                   1880:     case OP_TYPESTAR:
                   1881:     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
                   1882:     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
                   1883:     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
                   1884:     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
                   1885:     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
                   1886:     if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
                   1887:     break;
                   1888: 
                   1889:     /* Same for these */
                   1890: 
                   1891:     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
                   1892:     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
                   1893:     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
                   1894:     if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
                   1895:     break;
                   1896: 
                   1897:     /* End of branch */
                   1898: 
                   1899:     case OP_KET:
                   1900:     case OP_KETRMAX:
                   1901:     case OP_KETRMIN:
                   1902:     case OP_ALT:
                   1903:     return TRUE;
                   1904: 
                   1905:     /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
                   1906:     MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
                   1907: 
                   1908: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   1909:     case OP_STAR:
                   1910:     case OP_MINSTAR:
                   1911:     case OP_POSSTAR:
                   1912:     case OP_QUERY:
                   1913:     case OP_MINQUERY:
                   1914:     case OP_POSQUERY:
                   1915:     case OP_UPTO:
                   1916:     case OP_MINUPTO:
                   1917:     case OP_POSUPTO:
                   1918:     if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
                   1919:     break;
                   1920: #endif
                   1921:     }
                   1922:   }
                   1923: 
                   1924: return TRUE;
                   1925: }
                   1926: 
                   1927: 
                   1928: 
                   1929: /*************************************************
                   1930: *    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
                   1931: *************************************************/
                   1932: 
                   1933: /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
                   1934: the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
                   1935: string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
                   1936: stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
                   1937: 
                   1938: Arguments:
                   1939:   code        points to start of the recursion
                   1940:   endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
                   1941:   bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
                   1942:   utf8        TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
                   1943: 
                   1944: Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
                   1945: */
                   1946: 
                   1947: static BOOL
                   1948: could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
                   1949:   BOOL utf8)
                   1950: {
                   1951: while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
                   1952:   {
                   1953:   if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
                   1954:   bcptr = bcptr->outer;
                   1955:   }
                   1956: return TRUE;
                   1957: }
                   1958: 
                   1959: 
                   1960: 
                   1961: /*************************************************
                   1962: *           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
                   1963: *************************************************/
                   1964: 
                   1965: /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
                   1966: encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
                   1967: sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
                   1968: reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
                   1969: 
                   1970: Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
                   1971: terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
                   1972: though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
                   1973: "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
                   1974: didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
                   1975: 
                   1976: The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
                   1977: have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
                   1978: class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
                   1979: below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
                   1980: processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
                   1981: where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
                   1982: "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
                   1983: I think.
                   1984: 
                   1985: Arguments:
                   1986:   ptr      pointer to the initial [
                   1987:   endptr   where to return the end pointer
                   1988: 
                   1989: Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
                   1990: */
                   1991: 
                   1992: static BOOL
                   1993: check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr)
                   1994: {
                   1995: int terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
                   1996: terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
                   1997: for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
                   1998:   {
1.3     ! misha    1999:   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) ptr++; else
1.1       misha    2000:     {
1.3     ! misha    2001:     if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
        !          2002:     if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
1.1       misha    2003:       {
                   2004:       *endptr = ptr;
                   2005:       return TRUE;
                   2006:       }
                   2007:     }
                   2008:   }
                   2009: return FALSE;
                   2010: }
                   2011: 
                   2012: 
                   2013: 
                   2014: 
                   2015: /*************************************************
                   2016: *          Check POSIX class name                *
                   2017: *************************************************/
                   2018: 
                   2019: /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
                   2020: such as [:alnum:].
                   2021: 
                   2022: Arguments:
                   2023:   ptr        points to the first letter
                   2024:   len        the length of the name
                   2025: 
                   2026: Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
                   2027: */
                   2028: 
                   2029: static int
                   2030: check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
                   2031: {
                   2032: const char *pn = posix_names;
                   2033: register int yield = 0;
                   2034: while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
                   2035:   {
                   2036:   if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
                   2037:     strncmp((const char *)ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield;
                   2038:   pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
                   2039:   yield++;
                   2040:   }
                   2041: return -1;
                   2042: }
                   2043: 
                   2044: 
                   2045: /*************************************************
                   2046: *    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
                   2047: *************************************************/
                   2048: 
                   2049: /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
                   2050: that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
                   2051: repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
                   2052: earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
                   2053: optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
                   2054: inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
                   2055: items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
                   2056: have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
                   2057: is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
                   2058: OP_END.
                   2059: 
                   2060: This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
                   2061: recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
                   2062: for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
                   2063: the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
                   2064: value in the reference (which is a group number).
                   2065: 
                   2066: Arguments:
                   2067:   group      points to the start of the group
                   2068:   adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
                   2069:   utf8       TRUE in UTF-8 mode
                   2070:   cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
                   2071:   save_hwm   the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
                   2072: 
                   2073: Returns:     nothing
                   2074: */
                   2075: 
                   2076: static void
                   2077: adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd,
                   2078:   uschar *save_hwm)
                   2079: {
                   2080: uschar *ptr = group;
                   2081: 
                   2082: while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
                   2083:   {
                   2084:   int offset;
                   2085:   uschar *hc;
                   2086: 
                   2087:   /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
                   2088:   reference. */
                   2089: 
                   2090:   for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
                   2091:     {
                   2092:     offset = GET(hc, 0);
                   2093:     if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
                   2094:       {
                   2095:       PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
                   2096:       break;
                   2097:       }
                   2098:     }
                   2099: 
                   2100:   /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
                   2101:   group. */
                   2102: 
                   2103:   if (hc >= cd->hwm)
                   2104:     {
                   2105:     offset = GET(ptr, 1);
                   2106:     if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
                   2107:     }
                   2108: 
                   2109:   ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   2110:   }
                   2111: }
                   2112: 
                   2113: 
                   2114: 
                   2115: /*************************************************
                   2116: *        Insert an automatic callout point       *
                   2117: *************************************************/
                   2118: 
                   2119: /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
                   2120: callout points before each pattern item.
                   2121: 
                   2122: Arguments:
                   2123:   code           current code pointer
                   2124:   ptr            current pattern pointer
                   2125:   cd             pointers to tables etc
                   2126: 
                   2127: Returns:         new code pointer
                   2128: */
                   2129: 
                   2130: static uschar *
                   2131: auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
                   2132: {
                   2133: *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
                   2134: *code++ = 255;
                   2135: PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern);  /* Pattern offset */
                   2136: PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                /* Default length */
                   2137: return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
                   2138: }
                   2139: 
                   2140: 
                   2141: 
                   2142: /*************************************************
                   2143: *         Complete a callout item                *
                   2144: *************************************************/
                   2145: 
                   2146: /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
                   2147: we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
                   2148: for both automatic and manual callouts.
                   2149: 
                   2150: Arguments:
                   2151:   previous_callout   points to previous callout item
                   2152:   ptr                current pattern pointer
                   2153:   cd                 pointers to tables etc
                   2154: 
                   2155: Returns:             nothing
                   2156: */
                   2157: 
                   2158: static void
                   2159: complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
                   2160: {
                   2161: int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
                   2162: PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
                   2163: }
                   2164: 
                   2165: 
                   2166: 
                   2167: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   2168: /*************************************************
                   2169: *           Get othercase range                  *
                   2170: *************************************************/
                   2171: 
                   2172: /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
                   2173: with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
                   2174: characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
                   2175: start address.
                   2176: 
                   2177: Arguments:
                   2178:   cptr        points to starting character value; updated
                   2179:   d           end value
                   2180:   ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
                   2181:   odptr       where to put end of othercase range
                   2182: 
                   2183: Yield:        TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
                   2184: */
                   2185: 
                   2186: static BOOL
                   2187: get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr,
                   2188:   unsigned int *odptr)
                   2189: {
                   2190: unsigned int c, othercase, next;
                   2191: 
                   2192: for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
1.2       misha    2193:   { if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; }
1.1       misha    2194: 
                   2195: if (c > d) return FALSE;
                   2196: 
                   2197: *ocptr = othercase;
                   2198: next = othercase + 1;
                   2199: 
                   2200: for (++c; c <= d; c++)
                   2201:   {
1.2       misha    2202:   if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
1.1       misha    2203:   next++;
                   2204:   }
                   2205: 
                   2206: *odptr = next - 1;
                   2207: *cptr = c;
                   2208: 
                   2209: return TRUE;
                   2210: }
                   2211: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
                   2212: 
                   2213: 
                   2214: 
                   2215: /*************************************************
                   2216: *     Check if auto-possessifying is possible    *
                   2217: *************************************************/
                   2218: 
                   2219: /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
                   2220: whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
                   2221: sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
                   2222: 
                   2223: Arguments:
                   2224:   op_code       the repeated op code
                   2225:   this          data for this item, depends on the opcode
                   2226:   utf8          TRUE in UTF-8 mode
                   2227:   utf8_char     used for utf8 character bytes, NULL if not relevant
                   2228:   ptr           next character in pattern
                   2229:   options       options bits
                   2230:   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
                   2231: 
                   2232: Returns:        TRUE if possessifying is wanted
                   2233: */
                   2234: 
                   2235: static BOOL
                   2236: check_auto_possessive(int op_code, int item, BOOL utf8, uschar *utf8_char,
                   2237:   const uschar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
                   2238: {
                   2239: int next;
                   2240: 
                   2241: /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
                   2242: 
                   2243: if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
                   2244:   {
                   2245:   for (;;)
                   2246:     {
                   2247:     while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
1.3     ! misha    2248:     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
1.1       misha    2249:       {
                   2250:       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
                   2251:         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
                   2252:       }
                   2253:     else break;
                   2254:     }
                   2255:   }
                   2256: 
                   2257: /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
                   2258: value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
                   2259: 
1.3     ! misha    2260: if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    2261:   {
                   2262:   int temperrorcode = 0;
                   2263:   next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
                   2264:   if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
                   2265:   ptr++;    /* Point after the escape sequence */
                   2266:   }
                   2267: 
                   2268: else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
                   2269:   {
                   2270: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2271:   if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
                   2272: #endif
                   2273:   next = *ptr++;
                   2274:   }
                   2275: 
                   2276: else return FALSE;
                   2277: 
                   2278: /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
                   2279: 
                   2280: if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
                   2281:   {
                   2282:   for (;;)
                   2283:     {
                   2284:     while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
1.3     ! misha    2285:     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
1.1       misha    2286:       {
                   2287:       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
                   2288:         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
                   2289:       }
                   2290:     else break;
                   2291:     }
                   2292:   }
                   2293: 
                   2294: /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
                   2295: 
1.3     ! misha    2296: if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
        !          2297:   strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
        !          2298:     return FALSE;
1.1       misha    2299: 
                   2300: /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. If the previous is a
                   2301: positive single character match, "item" either contains the character or, if
                   2302: "item" is greater than 127 in utf8 mode, the character's bytes are in
                   2303: utf8_char. */
                   2304: 
                   2305: 
                   2306: /* Handle cases when the next item is a character. */
                   2307: 
                   2308: if (next >= 0) switch(op_code)
                   2309:   {
                   2310:   case OP_CHAR:
                   2311: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2312:   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
1.2       misha    2313: #else
                   2314:   (void)(utf8_char);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
1.1       misha    2315: #endif
                   2316:   return item != next;
                   2317: 
                   2318:   /* For CHARNC (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
                   2319:   Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
                   2320:   high-valued characters. */
                   2321: 
                   2322:   case OP_CHARNC:
                   2323: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2324:   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
                   2325: #endif
                   2326:   if (item == next) return FALSE;
                   2327: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2328:   if (utf8)
                   2329:     {
                   2330:     unsigned int othercase;
                   2331:     if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
                   2332: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
1.2       misha    2333:     othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next);
1.1       misha    2334: #else
                   2335:     othercase = NOTACHAR;
                   2336: #endif
                   2337:     return (unsigned int)item != othercase;
                   2338:     }
                   2339:   else
                   2340: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
                   2341:   return (item != cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
                   2342: 
                   2343:   /* For OP_NOT, "item" must be a single-byte character. */
                   2344: 
                   2345:   case OP_NOT:
                   2346:   if (item == next) return TRUE;
                   2347:   if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0) return FALSE;
                   2348: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2349:   if (utf8)
                   2350:     {
                   2351:     unsigned int othercase;
                   2352:     if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
                   2353: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
1.2       misha    2354:     othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
1.1       misha    2355: #else
                   2356:     othercase = NOTACHAR;
                   2357: #endif
                   2358:     return (unsigned int)item == othercase;
                   2359:     }
                   2360:   else
                   2361: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
                   2362:   return (item == cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
                   2363: 
                   2364:   case OP_DIGIT:
                   2365:   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
                   2366: 
                   2367:   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
                   2368:   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
                   2369: 
                   2370:   case OP_WHITESPACE:
                   2371:   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
                   2372: 
                   2373:   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
                   2374:   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
                   2375: 
                   2376:   case OP_WORDCHAR:
                   2377:   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
                   2378: 
                   2379:   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
                   2380:   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
                   2381: 
                   2382:   case OP_HSPACE:
                   2383:   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
                   2384:   switch(next)
                   2385:     {
                   2386:     case 0x09:
                   2387:     case 0x20:
                   2388:     case 0xa0:
                   2389:     case 0x1680:
                   2390:     case 0x180e:
                   2391:     case 0x2000:
                   2392:     case 0x2001:
                   2393:     case 0x2002:
                   2394:     case 0x2003:
                   2395:     case 0x2004:
                   2396:     case 0x2005:
                   2397:     case 0x2006:
                   2398:     case 0x2007:
                   2399:     case 0x2008:
                   2400:     case 0x2009:
                   2401:     case 0x200A:
                   2402:     case 0x202f:
                   2403:     case 0x205f:
                   2404:     case 0x3000:
                   2405:     return op_code != OP_HSPACE;
                   2406:     default:
                   2407:     return op_code == OP_HSPACE;
                   2408:     }
                   2409: 
                   2410:   case OP_VSPACE:
                   2411:   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
                   2412:   switch(next)
                   2413:     {
                   2414:     case 0x0a:
                   2415:     case 0x0b:
                   2416:     case 0x0c:
                   2417:     case 0x0d:
                   2418:     case 0x85:
                   2419:     case 0x2028:
                   2420:     case 0x2029:
                   2421:     return op_code != OP_VSPACE;
                   2422:     default:
                   2423:     return op_code == OP_VSPACE;
                   2424:     }
                   2425: 
                   2426:   default:
                   2427:   return FALSE;
                   2428:   }
                   2429: 
                   2430: 
                   2431: /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. */
                   2432: 
                   2433: switch(op_code)
                   2434:   {
                   2435:   case OP_CHAR:
                   2436:   case OP_CHARNC:
                   2437: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2438:   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
                   2439: #endif
                   2440:   switch(-next)
                   2441:     {
                   2442:     case ESC_d:
                   2443:     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) == 0;
                   2444: 
                   2445:     case ESC_D:
                   2446:     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) != 0;
                   2447: 
                   2448:     case ESC_s:
                   2449:     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) == 0;
                   2450: 
                   2451:     case ESC_S:
                   2452:     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) != 0;
                   2453: 
                   2454:     case ESC_w:
                   2455:     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) == 0;
                   2456: 
                   2457:     case ESC_W:
                   2458:     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) != 0;
                   2459: 
                   2460:     case ESC_h:
                   2461:     case ESC_H:
                   2462:     switch(item)
                   2463:       {
                   2464:       case 0x09:
                   2465:       case 0x20:
                   2466:       case 0xa0:
                   2467:       case 0x1680:
                   2468:       case 0x180e:
                   2469:       case 0x2000:
                   2470:       case 0x2001:
                   2471:       case 0x2002:
                   2472:       case 0x2003:
                   2473:       case 0x2004:
                   2474:       case 0x2005:
                   2475:       case 0x2006:
                   2476:       case 0x2007:
                   2477:       case 0x2008:
                   2478:       case 0x2009:
                   2479:       case 0x200A:
                   2480:       case 0x202f:
                   2481:       case 0x205f:
                   2482:       case 0x3000:
                   2483:       return -next != ESC_h;
                   2484:       default:
                   2485:       return -next == ESC_h;
                   2486:       }
                   2487: 
                   2488:     case ESC_v:
                   2489:     case ESC_V:
                   2490:     switch(item)
                   2491:       {
                   2492:       case 0x0a:
                   2493:       case 0x0b:
                   2494:       case 0x0c:
                   2495:       case 0x0d:
                   2496:       case 0x85:
                   2497:       case 0x2028:
                   2498:       case 0x2029:
                   2499:       return -next != ESC_v;
                   2500:       default:
                   2501:       return -next == ESC_v;
                   2502:       }
                   2503: 
                   2504:     default:
                   2505:     return FALSE;
                   2506:     }
                   2507: 
                   2508:   case OP_DIGIT:
                   2509:   return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W ||
                   2510:          next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
                   2511: 
                   2512:   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
                   2513:   return next == -ESC_d;
                   2514: 
                   2515:   case OP_WHITESPACE:
                   2516:   return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
                   2517: 
                   2518:   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
                   2519:   return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
                   2520: 
                   2521:   case OP_HSPACE:
                   2522:   return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
                   2523: 
                   2524:   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
                   2525:   return next == -ESC_h;
                   2526: 
                   2527:   /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
                   2528:   case OP_VSPACE:
                   2529:   return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
                   2530: 
                   2531:   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
                   2532:   return next == -ESC_v;
                   2533: 
                   2534:   case OP_WORDCHAR:
                   2535:   return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
                   2536: 
                   2537:   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
                   2538:   return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d;
                   2539: 
                   2540:   default:
                   2541:   return FALSE;
                   2542:   }
                   2543: 
                   2544: /* Control does not reach here */
                   2545: }
                   2546: 
                   2547: 
                   2548: 
                   2549: /*************************************************
                   2550: *           Compile one branch                   *
                   2551: *************************************************/
                   2552: 
                   2553: /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
                   2554: changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
                   2555: bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
                   2556: to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
                   2557: phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
                   2558: 
                   2559: Arguments:
                   2560:   optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
                   2561:   codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
                   2562:   ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
                   2563:   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
                   2564:   firstbyteptr   set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
                   2565:   reqbyteptr     set to the last literal character required, else < 0
                   2566:   bcptr          points to current branch chain
                   2567:   cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
                   2568:   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
                   2569:                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
                   2570: 
                   2571: Returns:         TRUE on success
                   2572:                  FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
                   2573: */
                   2574: 
                   2575: static BOOL
                   2576: compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
                   2577:   int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
                   2578:   compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
                   2579: {
                   2580: int repeat_type, op_type;
                   2581: int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
                   2582: int bravalue = 0;
                   2583: int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
                   2584: int firstbyte, reqbyte;
                   2585: int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
                   2586: int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
                   2587: int options = *optionsptr;
                   2588: int after_manual_callout = 0;
                   2589: int length_prevgroup = 0;
                   2590: register int c;
                   2591: register uschar *code = *codeptr;
                   2592: uschar *last_code = code;
                   2593: uschar *orig_code = code;
                   2594: uschar *tempcode;
                   2595: BOOL inescq = FALSE;
                   2596: BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
                   2597: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
                   2598: const uschar *tempptr;
                   2599: uschar *previous = NULL;
                   2600: uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
                   2601: uschar *save_hwm = NULL;
                   2602: uschar classbits[32];
                   2603: 
                   2604: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2605: BOOL class_utf8;
                   2606: BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
                   2607: uschar *class_utf8data;
                   2608: uschar *class_utf8data_base;
                   2609: uschar utf8_char[6];
                   2610: #else
                   2611: BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
                   2612: uschar *utf8_char = NULL;
                   2613: #endif
                   2614: 
                   2615: #ifdef DEBUG
                   2616: if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
                   2617: #endif
                   2618: 
                   2619: /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
                   2620: 
                   2621: greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
                   2622: greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
                   2623: 
                   2624: /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
                   2625: matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
                   2626: matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
                   2627: find one.
                   2628: 
                   2629: When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
                   2630: to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
                   2631: zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
                   2632: item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
                   2633: 
                   2634: firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
                   2635: 
                   2636: /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
                   2637: according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
                   2638: value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
                   2639: case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
                   2640: 
                   2641: req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
                   2642: 
                   2643: /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
                   2644: 
                   2645: for (;; ptr++)
                   2646:   {
                   2647:   BOOL negate_class;
                   2648:   BOOL should_flip_negation;
                   2649:   BOOL possessive_quantifier;
                   2650:   BOOL is_quantifier;
                   2651:   BOOL is_recurse;
                   2652:   BOOL reset_bracount;
                   2653:   int class_charcount;
                   2654:   int class_lastchar;
                   2655:   int newoptions;
                   2656:   int recno;
                   2657:   int refsign;
                   2658:   int skipbytes;
                   2659:   int subreqbyte;
                   2660:   int subfirstbyte;
                   2661:   int terminator;
                   2662:   int mclength;
                   2663:   uschar mcbuffer[8];
                   2664: 
                   2665:   /* Get next byte in the pattern */
                   2666: 
                   2667:   c = *ptr;
                   2668: 
                   2669:   /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
                   2670:   previous cycle of this loop. */
                   2671: 
                   2672:   if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   2673:     {
                   2674: #ifdef DEBUG
                   2675:     if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code;                 /* High water info */
                   2676: #endif
                   2677:     if (code > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) /* Check for overrun */
                   2678:       {
                   2679:       *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
                   2680:       goto FAILED;
                   2681:       }
                   2682: 
                   2683:     /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
                   2684:     case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
                   2685:     the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
                   2686:     allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
                   2687:     */
                   2688: 
                   2689:     if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
                   2690: 
                   2691:     /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
                   2692: 
                   2693:     if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
                   2694:       {
                   2695:       *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
                   2696:       goto FAILED;
                   2697:       }
                   2698: 
                   2699:     *lengthptr += code - last_code;
                   2700:     DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, code - last_code, c));
                   2701: 
                   2702:     /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
                   2703:     it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
                   2704:     if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
                   2705: 
                   2706:     if (previous != NULL)
                   2707:       {
                   2708:       if (previous > orig_code)
                   2709:         {
                   2710:         memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous);
                   2711:         code -= previous - orig_code;
                   2712:         previous = orig_code;
                   2713:         }
                   2714:       }
                   2715:     else code = orig_code;
                   2716: 
                   2717:     /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
                   2718:     next time round. */
                   2719: 
                   2720:     last_code = code;
                   2721:     }
                   2722: 
                   2723:   /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
                   2724:   reference list. */
                   2725: 
                   2726:   else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
                   2727:     {
                   2728:     *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
                   2729:     goto FAILED;
                   2730:     }
                   2731: 
                   2732:   /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
                   2733: 
                   2734:   if (inescq && c != 0)
                   2735:     {
1.3     ! misha    2736:     if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
1.1       misha    2737:       {
                   2738:       inescq = FALSE;
                   2739:       ptr++;
                   2740:       continue;
                   2741:       }
                   2742:     else
                   2743:       {
                   2744:       if (previous_callout != NULL)
                   2745:         {
                   2746:         if (lengthptr == NULL)  /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
                   2747:           complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
                   2748:         previous_callout = NULL;
                   2749:         }
                   2750:       if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
                   2751:         {
                   2752:         previous_callout = code;
                   2753:         code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
                   2754:         }
                   2755:       goto NORMAL_CHAR;
                   2756:       }
                   2757:     }
                   2758: 
                   2759:   /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
                   2760:   a quantifier. */
                   2761: 
1.3     ! misha    2762:   is_quantifier =
        !          2763:     c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
        !          2764:     (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
1.1       misha    2765: 
                   2766:   if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
                   2767:        after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
                   2768:     {
                   2769:     if (lengthptr == NULL)      /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
                   2770:       complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
                   2771:     previous_callout = NULL;
                   2772:     }
                   2773: 
                   2774:   /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
                   2775: 
                   2776:   if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
                   2777:     {
                   2778:     if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
1.3     ! misha    2779:     if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
1.1       misha    2780:       {
                   2781:       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
                   2782:         {
                   2783:         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
                   2784:         }
                   2785:       if (*ptr != 0) continue;
                   2786: 
                   2787:       /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
                   2788:       c = 0;
                   2789:       }
                   2790:     }
                   2791: 
                   2792:   /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
                   2793: 
                   2794:   if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
                   2795:     {
                   2796:     previous_callout = code;
                   2797:     code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
                   2798:     }
                   2799: 
                   2800:   switch(c)
                   2801:     {
                   2802:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   2803:     case 0:                        /* The branch terminates at string end */
1.3     ! misha    2804:     case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:       /* or | or ) */
        !          2805:     case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
1.1       misha    2806:     *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
                   2807:     *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
                   2808:     *codeptr = code;
                   2809:     *ptrptr = ptr;
                   2810:     if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   2811:       {
                   2812:       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
                   2813:         {
                   2814:         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
                   2815:         goto FAILED;
                   2816:         }
                   2817:       *lengthptr += code - last_code;   /* To include callout length */
                   2818:       DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
                   2819:       }
                   2820:     return TRUE;
                   2821: 
                   2822: 
                   2823:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   2824:     /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
                   2825:     the setting of any following char as a first character. */
                   2826: 
1.3     ! misha    2827:     case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
1.1       misha    2828:     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
                   2829:       {
                   2830:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   2831:       }
                   2832:     previous = NULL;
                   2833:     *code++ = OP_CIRC;
                   2834:     break;
                   2835: 
1.3     ! misha    2836:     case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
1.1       misha    2837:     previous = NULL;
                   2838:     *code++ = OP_DOLL;
                   2839:     break;
                   2840: 
                   2841:     /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
                   2842:     repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
                   2843: 
1.3     ! misha    2844:     case CHAR_DOT:
1.1       misha    2845:     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   2846:     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   2847:     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   2848:     previous = code;
                   2849:     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
                   2850:     break;
                   2851: 
                   2852: 
                   2853:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   2854:     /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
                   2855:     32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
                   2856:     where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
                   2857:     map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
                   2858:     so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
                   2859: 
                   2860:     If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
                   2861:     opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
                   2862:     but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
                   2863:     whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
                   2864: 
                   2865:     In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
                   2866:     default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
                   2867: 
1.3     ! misha    2868:     case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
1.1       misha    2869:     if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
                   2870:       {
                   2871:       *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
                   2872:       goto FAILED;
                   2873:       }
                   2874:     goto NORMAL_CHAR;
                   2875: 
1.3     ! misha    2876:     case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
1.1       misha    2877:     previous = code;
                   2878: 
                   2879:     /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
                   2880:     they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
                   2881: 
1.3     ! misha    2882:     if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
        !          2883:          ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
1.1       misha    2884:         check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
                   2885:       {
1.3     ! misha    2886:       *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
1.1       misha    2887:       goto FAILED;
                   2888:       }
                   2889: 
                   2890:     /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
                   2891:     if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
                   2892:     skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
                   2893: 
                   2894:     negate_class = FALSE;
                   2895:     for (;;)
                   2896:       {
                   2897:       c = *(++ptr);
1.3     ! misha    2898:       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    2899:         {
1.3     ! misha    2900:         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
        !          2901:           ptr++;
        !          2902:         else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
        !          2903:                           STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
        !          2904:           ptr += 3;
        !          2905:         else
        !          2906:           break;
1.1       misha    2907:         }
1.3     ! misha    2908:       else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
1.1       misha    2909:         negate_class = TRUE;
                   2910:       else break;
                   2911:       }
                   2912: 
                   2913:     /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
                   2914:     an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
                   2915:     that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
                   2916:     [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
                   2917: 
1.3     ! misha    2918:     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
        !          2919:         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
1.1       misha    2920:       {
                   2921:       *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
                   2922:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   2923:       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   2924:       break;
                   2925:       }
                   2926: 
                   2927:     /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
                   2928:     negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
                   2929:     correctly (they are all included in the class). */
                   2930: 
                   2931:     should_flip_negation = FALSE;
                   2932: 
                   2933:     /* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
                   2934:     of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher
                   2935:     valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
                   2936: 
                   2937:     class_charcount = 0;
                   2938:     class_lastchar = -1;
                   2939: 
                   2940:     /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
                   2941:     temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less
                   2942:     than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map.
                   2943:     */
                   2944: 
                   2945:     memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
                   2946: 
                   2947: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2948:     class_utf8 = FALSE;                       /* No chars >= 256 */
                   2949:     class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;    /* For UTF-8 items */
                   2950:     class_utf8data_base = class_utf8data;     /* For resetting in pass 1 */
                   2951: #endif
                   2952: 
                   2953:     /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
                   2954:     means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
                   2955:     loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
                   2956: 
                   2957:     if (c != 0) do
                   2958:       {
                   2959:       const uschar *oldptr;
                   2960: 
                   2961: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   2962:       if (utf8 && c > 127)
                   2963:         {                           /* Braces are required because the */
                   2964:         GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
                   2965:         }
                   2966: 
                   2967:       /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any UTF-8 extra
                   2968:       data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
                   2969:       contain a zillion UTF-8 characters no longer overwrite the work space
                   2970:       (which is on the stack). */
                   2971: 
                   2972:       if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   2973:         {
                   2974:         *lengthptr += class_utf8data - class_utf8data_base;
                   2975:         class_utf8data = class_utf8data_base;
                   2976:         }
                   2977: 
                   2978: #endif
                   2979: 
                   2980:       /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
                   2981: 
                   2982:       if (inescq)
                   2983:         {
1.3     ! misha    2984:         if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)  /* If we are at \E */
1.1       misha    2985:           {
                   2986:           inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
                   2987:           ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
                   2988:           continue;                         /* Carry on with next */
                   2989:           }
                   2990:         goto CHECK_RANGE;                   /* Could be range if \E follows */
                   2991:         }
                   2992: 
                   2993:       /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
                   2994:       form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
                   2995:       treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
                   2996:       [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
                   2997:       5.6 and 5.8 do. */
                   2998: 
1.3     ! misha    2999:       if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
        !          3000:           (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
        !          3001:            ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
1.1       misha    3002:         {
                   3003:         BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
                   3004:         int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
                   3005:         register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
                   3006:         uschar pbits[32];
                   3007: 
1.3     ! misha    3008:         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
1.1       misha    3009:           {
                   3010:           *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
                   3011:           goto FAILED;
                   3012:           }
                   3013: 
                   3014:         ptr += 2;
1.3     ! misha    3015:         if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
1.1       misha    3016:           {
                   3017:           local_negate = TRUE;
                   3018:           should_flip_negation = TRUE;  /* Note negative special */
                   3019:           ptr++;
                   3020:           }
                   3021: 
                   3022:         posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
                   3023:         if (posix_class < 0)
                   3024:           {
                   3025:           *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
                   3026:           goto FAILED;
                   3027:           }
                   3028: 
                   3029:         /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
                   3030:         alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
                   3031:         alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
                   3032: 
                   3033:         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
                   3034:           posix_class = 0;
                   3035: 
                   3036:         /* We build the bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store
                   3037:         because we may be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to
                   3038:         subtract bits that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the
                   3039:         result into the bit map that is being built. */
                   3040: 
                   3041:         posix_class *= 3;
                   3042: 
                   3043:         /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
                   3044: 
                   3045:         memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
                   3046:           32 * sizeof(uschar));
                   3047: 
                   3048:         /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
                   3049: 
                   3050:         taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
                   3051:         tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
                   3052: 
                   3053:         if (taboffset >= 0)
                   3054:           {
                   3055:           if (tabopt >= 0)
                   3056:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
                   3057:           else
                   3058:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
                   3059:           }
                   3060: 
                   3061:         /* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
                   3062:         value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
                   3063: 
                   3064:         if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
                   3065:         if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
                   3066:           else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
                   3067: 
                   3068:         /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
                   3069:         being built and we are done. */
                   3070: 
                   3071:         if (local_negate)
                   3072:           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
                   3073:         else
                   3074:           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
                   3075: 
                   3076:         ptr = tempptr + 1;
                   3077:         class_charcount = 10;  /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
                   3078:         continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
                   3079:         }
                   3080: 
                   3081:       /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
                   3082:       of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
                   3083:       case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace.
                   3084:       Elsewhere it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready
                   3085:       to 'or' into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
                   3086:       character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
                   3087: 
1.3     ! misha    3088:       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    3089:         {
                   3090:         c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
                   3091:         if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
                   3092: 
1.3     ! misha    3093:         if (-c == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS;       /* \b is backspace in a class */
        !          3094:         else if (-c == ESC_X) c = CHAR_X;   /* \X is literal X in a class */
        !          3095:         else if (-c == ESC_R) c = CHAR_R;   /* \R is literal R in a class */
1.1       misha    3096:         else if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
                   3097:           {
1.3     ! misha    3098:           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
1.1       misha    3099:             {
                   3100:             ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
                   3101:             }
                   3102:           else inescq = TRUE;
                   3103:           continue;
                   3104:           }
                   3105:         else if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Ignore orphan \E */
                   3106: 
                   3107:         if (c < 0)
                   3108:           {
                   3109:           register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
                   3110:           class_charcount += 2;     /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
                   3111: 
                   3112:           /* Save time by not doing this in the pre-compile phase. */
                   3113: 
                   3114:           if (lengthptr == NULL) switch (-c)
                   3115:             {
                   3116:             case ESC_d:
                   3117:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
                   3118:             continue;
                   3119: 
                   3120:             case ESC_D:
                   3121:             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
                   3122:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
                   3123:             continue;
                   3124: 
                   3125:             case ESC_w:
                   3126:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
                   3127:             continue;
                   3128: 
                   3129:             case ESC_W:
                   3130:             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
                   3131:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
                   3132:             continue;
                   3133: 
                   3134:             case ESC_s:
                   3135:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
                   3136:             classbits[1] &= ~0x08;   /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
                   3137:             continue;
                   3138: 
                   3139:             case ESC_S:
                   3140:             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
                   3141:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
                   3142:             classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
                   3143:             continue;
                   3144: 
                   3145:             default:    /* Not recognized; fall through */
                   3146:             break;      /* Need "default" setting to stop compiler warning. */
                   3147:             }
                   3148: 
                   3149:           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do the recognition. */
                   3150: 
                   3151:           else if (c == -ESC_d || c == -ESC_D || c == -ESC_w ||
                   3152:                    c == -ESC_W || c == -ESC_s || c == -ESC_S) continue;
                   3153: 
                   3154:           /* We need to deal with \H, \h, \V, and \v in both phases because
                   3155:           they use extra memory. */
                   3156: 
                   3157:           if (-c == ESC_h)
                   3158:             {
                   3159:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */
                   3160:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */
                   3161:             SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */
                   3162: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3163:             if (utf8)
                   3164:               {
                   3165:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3166:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3167:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data);
                   3168:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3169:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data);
                   3170:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3171:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data);
                   3172:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data);
                   3173:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3174:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data);
                   3175:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3176:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data);
                   3177:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3178:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data);
                   3179:               }
                   3180: #endif
                   3181:             continue;
                   3182:             }
                   3183: 
                   3184:           if (-c == ESC_H)
                   3185:             {
                   3186:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
                   3187:               {
                   3188:               int x = 0xff;
                   3189:               switch (c)
                   3190:                 {
                   3191:                 case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break;
                   3192:                 case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break;
                   3193:                 case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break;
                   3194:                 default: break;
                   3195:                 }
                   3196:               classbits[c] |= x;
                   3197:               }
                   3198: 
                   3199: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3200:             if (utf8)
                   3201:               {
                   3202:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3203:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3204:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
                   3205:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data);
                   3206:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3207:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data);
                   3208:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data);
                   3209:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3210:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data);
                   3211:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data);
                   3212:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3213:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data);
                   3214:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data);
                   3215:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3216:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data);
                   3217:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data);
                   3218:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3219:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data);
                   3220:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data);
                   3221:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3222:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data);
                   3223:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
                   3224:               }
                   3225: #endif
                   3226:             continue;
                   3227:             }
                   3228: 
                   3229:           if (-c == ESC_v)
                   3230:             {
                   3231:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */
                   3232:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */
                   3233:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */
                   3234:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */
                   3235:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */
                   3236: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3237:             if (utf8)
                   3238:               {
                   3239:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3240:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3241:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data);
                   3242:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
                   3243:               }
                   3244: #endif
                   3245:             continue;
                   3246:             }
                   3247: 
                   3248:           if (-c == ESC_V)
                   3249:             {
                   3250:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
                   3251:               {
                   3252:               int x = 0xff;
                   3253:               switch (c)
                   3254:                 {
                   3255:                 case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8);
                   3256:                              x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8);
                   3257:                              x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8);
                   3258:                              x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8);
                   3259:                              break;
                   3260:                 case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break;
                   3261:                 default: break;
                   3262:                 }
                   3263:               classbits[c] |= x;
                   3264:               }
                   3265: 
                   3266: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3267:             if (utf8)
                   3268:               {
                   3269:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3270:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3271:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
                   3272:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data);
                   3273:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3274:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
                   3275:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
                   3276:               }
                   3277: #endif
                   3278:             continue;
                   3279:             }
                   3280: 
                   3281:           /* We need to deal with \P and \p in both phases. */
                   3282: 
                   3283: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   3284:           if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
                   3285:             {
                   3286:             BOOL negated;
                   3287:             int pdata;
                   3288:             int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
                   3289:             if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
                   3290:             class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3291:             *class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
                   3292:               XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
                   3293:             *class_utf8data++ = ptype;
                   3294:             *class_utf8data++ = pdata;
                   3295:             class_charcount -= 2;   /* Not a < 256 character */
                   3296:             continue;
                   3297:             }
                   3298: #endif
                   3299:           /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
                   3300:           strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
                   3301:           treated as literals. */
                   3302: 
                   3303:           if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
                   3304:             {
                   3305:             *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
                   3306:             goto FAILED;
                   3307:             }
                   3308: 
                   3309:           class_charcount -= 2;  /* Undo the default count from above */
                   3310:           c = *ptr;              /* Get the final character and fall through */
                   3311:           }
                   3312: 
                   3313:         /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
                   3314:         greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
                   3315: 
                   3316:         }   /* End of backslash handling */
                   3317: 
                   3318:       /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
                   3319:       Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
                   3320:       at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences
                   3321:       entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
                   3322: 
                   3323:       CHECK_RANGE:
1.3     ! misha    3324:       while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
1.1       misha    3325:         {
                   3326:         inescq = FALSE;
                   3327:         ptr += 2;
                   3328:         }
                   3329: 
                   3330:       oldptr = ptr;
                   3331: 
                   3332:       /* Remember \r or \n */
                   3333: 
1.3     ! misha    3334:       if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
1.1       misha    3335: 
                   3336:       /* Check for range */
                   3337: 
1.3     ! misha    3338:       if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
1.1       misha    3339:         {
                   3340:         int d;
                   3341:         ptr += 2;
1.3     ! misha    3342:         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
1.1       misha    3343: 
                   3344:         /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
                   3345:         mode. */
                   3346: 
1.3     ! misha    3347:         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
1.1       misha    3348:           {
                   3349:           ptr += 2;
1.3     ! misha    3350:           if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
        !          3351:             { ptr += 2; continue; }
1.1       misha    3352:           inescq = TRUE;
                   3353:           break;
                   3354:           }
                   3355: 
1.3     ! misha    3356:         if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
1.1       misha    3357:           {
                   3358:           ptr = oldptr;
                   3359:           goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
                   3360:           }
                   3361: 
                   3362: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3363:         if (utf8)
                   3364:           {                           /* Braces are required because the */
                   3365:           GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
                   3366:           }
                   3367:         else
                   3368: #endif
                   3369:         d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
                   3370: 
                   3371:         /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
                   3372:         not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
                   3373:         in such circumstances. */
                   3374: 
1.3     ! misha    3375:         if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
1.1       misha    3376:           {
                   3377:           d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
                   3378:           if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
                   3379: 
                   3380:           /* \b is backspace; \X is literal X; \R is literal R; any other
                   3381:           special means the '-' was literal */
                   3382: 
                   3383:           if (d < 0)
                   3384:             {
1.3     ! misha    3385:             if (d == -ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS;
        !          3386:             else if (d == -ESC_X) d = CHAR_X;
        !          3387:             else if (d == -ESC_R) d = CHAR_R; else
1.1       misha    3388:               {
                   3389:               ptr = oldptr;
                   3390:               goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
                   3391:               }
                   3392:             }
                   3393:           }
                   3394: 
                   3395:         /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
                   3396:         one-character ranges */
                   3397: 
                   3398:         if (d < c)
                   3399:           {
                   3400:           *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
                   3401:           goto FAILED;
                   3402:           }
                   3403: 
                   3404:         if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
                   3405: 
                   3406:         /* Remember \r or \n */
                   3407: 
1.3     ! misha    3408:         if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
1.1       misha    3409: 
                   3410:         /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
                   3411:         matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
                   3412:         matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
                   3413:         available. */
                   3414: 
                   3415: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3416:         if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
                   3417:           {
                   3418:           class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3419: 
                   3420:           /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
                   3421:           the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
                   3422:           they fit with the basic range. */
                   3423: 
                   3424: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   3425:           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
                   3426:             {
                   3427:             unsigned int occ, ocd;
                   3428:             unsigned int cc = c;
                   3429:             unsigned int origd = d;
                   3430:             while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
                   3431:               {
                   3432:               if (occ >= (unsigned int)c &&
                   3433:                   ocd <= (unsigned int)d)
                   3434:                 continue;                          /* Skip embedded ranges */
                   3435: 
                   3436:               if (occ < (unsigned int)c  &&
                   3437:                   ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1)      /* Extend the basic range */
                   3438:                 {                                  /* if there is overlap,   */
                   3439:                 c = occ;                           /* noting that if occ < c */
                   3440:                 continue;                          /* we can't have ocd > d  */
                   3441:                 }                                  /* because a subrange is  */
                   3442:               if (ocd > (unsigned int)d &&
                   3443:                   occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1)      /* always shorter than    */
                   3444:                 {                                  /* the basic range.       */
                   3445:                 d = ocd;
                   3446:                 continue;
                   3447:                 }
                   3448: 
                   3449:               if (occ == ocd)
                   3450:                 {
                   3451:                 *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3452:                 }
                   3453:               else
                   3454:                 {
                   3455:                 *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3456:                 class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
                   3457:                 }
                   3458:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
                   3459:               }
                   3460:             }
                   3461: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
                   3462: 
                   3463:           /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
                   3464:           overlapping ranges. */
                   3465: 
                   3466:           *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
                   3467:           class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
                   3468:           class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
                   3469: 
                   3470:           /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
                   3471:           caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
                   3472:           for the smaller ones. */
                   3473: 
                   3474: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   3475:           continue;    /* With next character in the class */
                   3476: #else
                   3477:           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
                   3478: 
                   3479:           /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
                   3480: 
                   3481:           d = 127;
                   3482: 
                   3483: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
                   3484:           }
                   3485: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
                   3486: 
                   3487:         /* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
                   3488:         ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
                   3489:         for partial ranges without UCP support. */
                   3490: 
                   3491:         class_charcount += d - c + 1;
                   3492:         class_lastchar = d;
                   3493: 
                   3494:         /* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */
                   3495: 
                   3496:         if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++)
                   3497:           {
                   3498:           classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
                   3499:           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
                   3500:             {
                   3501:             int uc = cd->fcc[c];           /* flip case */
                   3502:             classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
                   3503:             }
                   3504:           }
                   3505: 
                   3506:         continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
                   3507:         }
                   3508: 
                   3509:       /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
                   3510:       non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
                   3511:       apparent range that isn't. */
                   3512: 
                   3513:       LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
                   3514: 
                   3515:       /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
                   3516: 
                   3517: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3518:       if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
                   3519:         {
                   3520:         class_utf8 = TRUE;
                   3521:         *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3522:         class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
                   3523: 
                   3524: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   3525:         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
                   3526:           {
                   3527:           unsigned int othercase;
1.2       misha    3528:           if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c)
1.1       misha    3529:             {
                   3530:             *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
                   3531:             class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
                   3532:             }
                   3533:           }
                   3534: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
                   3535: 
                   3536:         }
                   3537:       else
                   3538: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
                   3539: 
                   3540:       /* Handle a single-byte character */
                   3541:         {
                   3542:         classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
                   3543:         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
                   3544:           {
                   3545:           c = cd->fcc[c];   /* flip case */
                   3546:           classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
                   3547:           }
                   3548:         class_charcount++;
                   3549:         class_lastchar = c;
                   3550:         }
                   3551:       }
                   3552: 
                   3553:     /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
                   3554: 
1.3     ! misha    3555:     while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
1.1       misha    3556: 
                   3557:     if (c == 0)                          /* Missing terminating ']' */
                   3558:       {
                   3559:       *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
                   3560:       goto FAILED;
                   3561:       }
                   3562: 
                   3563: 
                   3564: /* This code has been disabled because it would mean that \s counts as
                   3565: an explicit \r or \n reference, and that's not really what is wanted. Now
                   3566: we set the flag only if there is a literal "\r" or "\n" in the class. */
                   3567: 
                   3568: #if 0
                   3569:     /* Remember whether \r or \n are in this class */
                   3570: 
                   3571:     if (negate_class)
                   3572:       {
                   3573:       if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0x24) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
                   3574:       }
                   3575:     else
                   3576:       {
                   3577:       if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
                   3578:       }
                   3579: #endif
                   3580: 
                   3581: 
                   3582:     /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
                   3583:     less than 256. As long as there were no characters >= 128 and there was no
                   3584:     use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS features, we can
                   3585:     optimize.
                   3586: 
                   3587:     In UTF-8 mode, we can optimize the negative case only if there were no
                   3588:     characters >= 128 because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR
                   3589:     operate on single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day
                   3590:     we can tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
                   3591: 
                   3592:     The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
                   3593:     1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
                   3594:     that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
                   3595:     can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
                   3596:     this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
                   3597:     reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
                   3598: 
                   3599: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3600:     if (class_charcount == 1 && !class_utf8 &&
                   3601:       (!utf8 || !negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))
                   3602: #else
                   3603:     if (class_charcount == 1)
                   3604: #endif
                   3605:       {
                   3606:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   3607: 
                   3608:       /* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
                   3609: 
                   3610:       if (negate_class)
                   3611:         {
                   3612:         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   3613:         zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   3614:         *code++ = OP_NOT;
                   3615:         *code++ = class_lastchar;
                   3616:         break;
                   3617:         }
                   3618: 
                   3619:       /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
                   3620:       then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
                   3621: 
                   3622: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3623:       if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
                   3624:         mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
                   3625:       else
                   3626: #endif
                   3627:         {
                   3628:         mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
                   3629:         mclength = 1;
                   3630:         }
                   3631:       goto ONE_CHAR;
                   3632:       }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
                   3633: 
                   3634:     /* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
                   3635:     thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
                   3636:     repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
                   3637:     repeat. */
                   3638: 
                   3639:     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   3640:     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   3641:     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   3642: 
                   3643:     /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
                   3644:     extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
                   3645:     such as \S in the class, because in that case all characters > 255 are in
                   3646:     the class, so any that were explicitly given as well can be ignored. If
                   3647:     (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must be listed) there are no
                   3648:     characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */
                   3649: 
                   3650: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3651:     if (class_utf8 && !should_flip_negation)
                   3652:       {
                   3653:       *class_utf8data++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
                   3654:       *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
                   3655:       code += LINK_SIZE;
                   3656:       *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
                   3657: 
                   3658:       /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
                   3659:       otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
                   3660: 
                   3661:       if (class_charcount > 0)
                   3662:         {
                   3663:         *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
                   3664:         memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code);
                   3665:         memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
                   3666:         code = class_utf8data + 32;
                   3667:         }
                   3668:       else code = class_utf8data;
                   3669: 
                   3670:       /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
                   3671: 
                   3672:       PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
                   3673:       break;   /* End of class handling */
                   3674:       }
                   3675: #endif
                   3676: 
                   3677:     /* If there are no characters > 255, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or
                   3678:     OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the whole class was negated and whether
                   3679:     there were negative specials such as \S in the class. Then copy the 32-byte
                   3680:     map into the code vector, negating it if necessary. */
                   3681: 
                   3682:     *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
                   3683:     if (negate_class)
                   3684:       {
                   3685:       if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
                   3686:         for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
                   3687:       }
                   3688:     else
                   3689:       {
                   3690:       memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
                   3691:       }
                   3692:     code += 32;
                   3693:     break;
                   3694: 
                   3695: 
                   3696:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   3697:     /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
                   3698:     has been tested above. */
                   3699: 
1.3     ! misha    3700:     case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
1.1       misha    3701:     if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
                   3702:     ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
                   3703:     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
                   3704:     goto REPEAT;
                   3705: 
1.3     ! misha    3706:     case CHAR_ASTERISK:
1.1       misha    3707:     repeat_min = 0;
                   3708:     repeat_max = -1;
                   3709:     goto REPEAT;
                   3710: 
1.3     ! misha    3711:     case CHAR_PLUS:
1.1       misha    3712:     repeat_min = 1;
                   3713:     repeat_max = -1;
                   3714:     goto REPEAT;
                   3715: 
1.3     ! misha    3716:     case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
1.1       misha    3717:     repeat_min = 0;
                   3718:     repeat_max = 1;
                   3719: 
                   3720:     REPEAT:
                   3721:     if (previous == NULL)
                   3722:       {
                   3723:       *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
                   3724:       goto FAILED;
                   3725:       }
                   3726: 
                   3727:     if (repeat_min == 0)
                   3728:       {
                   3729:       firstbyte = zerofirstbyte;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
                   3730:       reqbyte = zeroreqbyte;        /* Ditto */
                   3731:       }
                   3732: 
                   3733:     /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
                   3734: 
                   3735:     reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
                   3736: 
                   3737:     op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
                   3738:     possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
                   3739: 
                   3740:     /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
                   3741:     for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
                   3742: 
                   3743:     tempcode = previous;
                   3744: 
                   3745:     /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
                   3746:     implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
                   3747:     If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
                   3748:     but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
                   3749:     repeat type to the non-default. */
                   3750: 
1.3     ! misha    3751:     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
1.1       misha    3752:       {
                   3753:       repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
                   3754:       possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
                   3755:       ptr++;
                   3756:       }
1.3     ! misha    3757:     else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
1.1       misha    3758:       {
                   3759:       repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
                   3760:       ptr++;
                   3761:       }
                   3762:     else repeat_type = greedy_default;
                   3763: 
                   3764:     /* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
                   3765:     repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
                   3766:     that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
                   3767:     the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
                   3768:     instead.  */
                   3769: 
                   3770:     if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
                   3771:       {
                   3772:       /* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
                   3773:       easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
                   3774:       hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
                   3775:       length rather than a small character. */
                   3776: 
                   3777: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3778:       if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
                   3779:         {
                   3780:         uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
                   3781:         while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
                   3782:         c = code - lastchar;            /* Length of UTF-8 character */
                   3783:         memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
                   3784:         c |= 0x80;                      /* Flag c as a length */
                   3785:         }
                   3786:       else
                   3787: #endif
                   3788: 
                   3789:       /* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
                   3790:       with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
                   3791: 
                   3792:         {
                   3793:         c = code[-1];
                   3794:         if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
                   3795:         }
                   3796: 
                   3797:       /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
                   3798:       the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
                   3799:       automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
                   3800:       where the match fails. */
                   3801: 
                   3802:       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
                   3803:           repeat_max < 0 &&
                   3804:           check_auto_possessive(*previous, c, utf8, utf8_char, ptr + 1,
                   3805:             options, cd))
                   3806:         {
                   3807:         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
                   3808:         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
                   3809:         }
                   3810: 
                   3811:       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
                   3812:       }
                   3813: 
                   3814:     /* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
                   3815:     one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
                   3816:     character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
                   3817:     repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT is
                   3818:     currently used only for single-byte chars. */
                   3819: 
                   3820:     else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
                   3821:       {
                   3822:       op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use "not" opcodes */
                   3823:       c = previous[1];
                   3824:       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
                   3825:           repeat_max < 0 &&
                   3826:           check_auto_possessive(OP_NOT, c, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
                   3827:         {
                   3828:         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
                   3829:         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
                   3830:         }
                   3831:       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
                   3832:       }
                   3833: 
                   3834:     /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
                   3835:     create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
                   3836:     repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
                   3837:     the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
                   3838:     defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
                   3839:     makes it horribly messy. */
                   3840: 
                   3841:     else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
                   3842:       {
                   3843:       uschar *oldcode;
                   3844:       int prop_type, prop_value;
                   3845:       op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
                   3846:       c = *previous;
                   3847: 
                   3848:       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
                   3849:           repeat_max < 0 &&
                   3850:           check_auto_possessive(c, 0, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
                   3851:         {
                   3852:         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
                   3853:         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
                   3854:         }
                   3855: 
                   3856:       OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
                   3857:       if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
                   3858:         {
                   3859:         prop_type = previous[1];
                   3860:         prop_value = previous[2];
                   3861:         }
                   3862:       else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
                   3863: 
                   3864:       oldcode = code;
                   3865:       code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
                   3866: 
                   3867:       /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
                   3868:       this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
                   3869: 
                   3870:       if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
                   3871: 
                   3872:       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
                   3873:       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
                   3874: 
                   3875:       if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
                   3876: 
                   3877:       /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
                   3878: 
                   3879:       repeat_type += op_type;
                   3880: 
                   3881:       /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
                   3882:       an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
                   3883: 
                   3884:       if (repeat_min == 0)
                   3885:         {
                   3886:         if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
                   3887:           else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
                   3888:         else
                   3889:           {
                   3890:           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
                   3891:           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
                   3892:           }
                   3893:         }
                   3894: 
                   3895:       /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
                   3896:       maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
                   3897:       left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
                   3898:       one less than the maximum. */
                   3899: 
                   3900:       else if (repeat_min == 1)
                   3901:         {
                   3902:         if (repeat_max == -1)
                   3903:           *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
                   3904:         else
                   3905:           {
                   3906:           code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
                   3907:           if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
                   3908:           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
                   3909:           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
                   3910:           }
                   3911:         }
                   3912: 
                   3913:       /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
                   3914:       handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
                   3915: 
                   3916:       else
                   3917:         {
                   3918:         *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
                   3919:         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
                   3920: 
                   3921:         /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
                   3922:         we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
                   3923:         Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
                   3924:         required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
                   3925:         c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
                   3926: 
                   3927:         if (repeat_max < 0)
                   3928:           {
                   3929: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3930:           if (utf8 && c >= 128)
                   3931:             {
                   3932:             memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
                   3933:             code += c & 7;
                   3934:             }
                   3935:           else
                   3936: #endif
                   3937:             {
                   3938:             *code++ = c;
                   3939:             if (prop_type >= 0)
                   3940:               {
                   3941:               *code++ = prop_type;
                   3942:               *code++ = prop_value;
                   3943:               }
                   3944:             }
                   3945:           *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
                   3946:           }
                   3947: 
                   3948:         /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
                   3949:         preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
                   3950:         UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
                   3951: 
                   3952:         else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
                   3953:           {
                   3954: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3955:           if (utf8 && c >= 128)
                   3956:             {
                   3957:             memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
                   3958:             code += c & 7;
                   3959:             }
                   3960:           else
                   3961: #endif
                   3962:           *code++ = c;
                   3963:           if (prop_type >= 0)
                   3964:             {
                   3965:             *code++ = prop_type;
                   3966:             *code++ = prop_value;
                   3967:             }
                   3968:           repeat_max -= repeat_min;
                   3969: 
                   3970:           if (repeat_max == 1)
                   3971:             {
                   3972:             *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
                   3973:             }
                   3974:           else
                   3975:             {
                   3976:             *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
                   3977:             PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
                   3978:             }
                   3979:           }
                   3980:         }
                   3981: 
                   3982:       /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
                   3983: 
                   3984: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   3985:       if (utf8 && c >= 128)
                   3986:         {
                   3987:         memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
                   3988:         code += c & 7;
                   3989:         }
                   3990:       else
                   3991: #endif
                   3992:       *code++ = c;
                   3993: 
                   3994:       /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
                   3995:       define the required property. */
                   3996: 
                   3997: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   3998:       if (prop_type >= 0)
                   3999:         {
                   4000:         *code++ = prop_type;
                   4001:         *code++ = prop_value;
                   4002:         }
                   4003: #endif
                   4004:       }
                   4005: 
                   4006:     /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
                   4007:     stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
                   4008: 
                   4009:     else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
                   4010:              *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
                   4011: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   4012:              *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
                   4013: #endif
                   4014:              *previous == OP_REF)
                   4015:       {
                   4016:       if (repeat_max == 0)
                   4017:         {
                   4018:         code = previous;
                   4019:         goto END_REPEAT;
                   4020:         }
                   4021: 
                   4022:       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
                   4023:       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
                   4024: 
                   4025:       if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
                   4026: 
                   4027:       if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
                   4028:         *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
                   4029:       else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
                   4030:         *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
                   4031:       else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
                   4032:         *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
                   4033:       else
                   4034:         {
                   4035:         *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
                   4036:         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
                   4037:         if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
                   4038:         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
                   4039:         }
                   4040:       }
                   4041: 
                   4042:     /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
                   4043:     cases. */
                   4044: 
                   4045:     else if (*previous == OP_BRA  || *previous == OP_CBRA ||
                   4046:              *previous == OP_ONCE || *previous == OP_COND)
                   4047:       {
                   4048:       register int i;
                   4049:       int ketoffset = 0;
                   4050:       int len = code - previous;
                   4051:       uschar *bralink = NULL;
                   4052: 
                   4053:       /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless */
                   4054: 
                   4055:       if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
                   4056:         {
                   4057:         *errorcodeptr = ERR55;
                   4058:         goto FAILED;
                   4059:         }
                   4060: 
                   4061:       /* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
                   4062:       by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
                   4063:       from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
                   4064:       the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
                   4065:       pointer. */
                   4066: 
                   4067:       if (repeat_max == -1)
                   4068:         {
                   4069:         register uschar *ket = previous;
                   4070:         do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
                   4071:         ketoffset = code - ket;
                   4072:         }
                   4073: 
                   4074:       /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
                   4075:       OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
                   4076:       data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
                   4077:       this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
                   4078:       the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
                   4079:       minimum is zero. */
                   4080: 
                   4081:       if (repeat_min == 0)
                   4082:         {
                   4083:         /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
                   4084:         output altogether, like this:
                   4085: 
                   4086:         ** if (repeat_max == 0)
                   4087:         **   {
                   4088:         **   code = previous;
                   4089:         **   goto END_REPEAT;
                   4090:         **   }
                   4091: 
                   4092:         However, that fails when a group is referenced as a subroutine from
                   4093:         elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it
                   4094:         so that it is skipped on execution. As we don't have a list of which
                   4095:         groups are referenced, we cannot do this selectively.
                   4096: 
                   4097:         If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
                   4098:         and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
                   4099:         OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
                   4100:         internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
                   4101:         start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
                   4102:         this. */
                   4103: 
                   4104:         if (repeat_max <= 1)    /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
                   4105:           {
                   4106:           *code = OP_END;
                   4107:           adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
                   4108:           memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
                   4109:           code++;
                   4110:           if (repeat_max == 0)
                   4111:             {
                   4112:             *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
                   4113:             goto END_REPEAT;
                   4114:             }
                   4115:           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
                   4116:           }
                   4117: 
                   4118:         /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
                   4119:         in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
                   4120:         The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
                   4121:         copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
                   4122:         that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
                   4123:         adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
                   4124:         again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
                   4125: 
                   4126:         else
                   4127:           {
                   4128:           int offset;
                   4129:           *code = OP_END;
                   4130:           adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
                   4131:           memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
                   4132:           code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
                   4133:           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
                   4134:           *previous++ = OP_BRA;
                   4135: 
                   4136:           /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
                   4137:           filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
                   4138: 
                   4139:           offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
                   4140:           bralink = previous;
                   4141:           PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
                   4142:           }
                   4143: 
                   4144:         repeat_max--;
                   4145:         }
                   4146: 
                   4147:       /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
                   4148:       times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
                   4149:       copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
                   4150:       set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
                   4151:       forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
                   4152:       the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
                   4153: 
                   4154:       else
                   4155:         {
                   4156:         if (repeat_min > 1)
                   4157:           {
                   4158:           /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
                   4159:           just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
                   4160:           potential integer overflow. */
                   4161: 
                   4162:           if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   4163:             {
                   4164:             int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
                   4165:             if ((double)(repeat_min - 1)*(double)length_prevgroup >
                   4166:                                                             (double)INT_MAX ||
                   4167:                 OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
                   4168:               {
                   4169:               *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
                   4170:               goto FAILED;
                   4171:               }
                   4172:             *lengthptr += delta;
                   4173:             }
                   4174: 
                   4175:           /* This is compiling for real */
                   4176: 
                   4177:           else
                   4178:             {
                   4179:             if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
                   4180:             for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
                   4181:               {
                   4182:               uschar *hc;
                   4183:               uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
                   4184:               memcpy(code, previous, len);
                   4185:               for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
                   4186:                 {
                   4187:                 PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
                   4188:                 cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
                   4189:                 }
                   4190:               save_hwm = this_hwm;
                   4191:               code += len;
                   4192:               }
                   4193:             }
                   4194:           }
                   4195: 
                   4196:         if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
                   4197:         }
                   4198: 
                   4199:       /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
                   4200:       the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
                   4201:       remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
                   4202:       the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
                   4203:       the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
                   4204:       replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
                   4205: 
                   4206:       if (repeat_max >= 0)
                   4207:         {
                   4208:         /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
                   4209:         just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
                   4210:         to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
                   4211:         add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
                   4212:         paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. */
                   4213: 
                   4214:         if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
                   4215:           {
                   4216:           int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
                   4217:                       2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
                   4218:           if ((double)repeat_max *
                   4219:                 (double)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
                   4220:                   > (double)INT_MAX ||
                   4221:               OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
                   4222:             {
                   4223:             *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
                   4224:             goto FAILED;
                   4225:             }
                   4226:           *lengthptr += delta;
                   4227:           }
                   4228: 
                   4229:         /* This is compiling for real */
                   4230: 
                   4231:         else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   4232:           {
                   4233:           uschar *hc;
                   4234:           uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
                   4235: 
                   4236:           *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
                   4237: 
                   4238:           /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
                   4239:           chain of brackets outstanding. */
                   4240: 
                   4241:           if (i != 0)
                   4242:             {
                   4243:             int offset;
                   4244:             *code++ = OP_BRA;
                   4245:             offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
                   4246:             bralink = code;
                   4247:             PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
                   4248:             }
                   4249: 
                   4250:           memcpy(code, previous, len);
                   4251:           for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
                   4252:             {
                   4253:             PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
                   4254:             cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
                   4255:             }
                   4256:           save_hwm = this_hwm;
                   4257:           code += len;
                   4258:           }
                   4259: 
                   4260:         /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
                   4261:         fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
                   4262: 
                   4263:         while (bralink != NULL)
                   4264:           {
                   4265:           int oldlinkoffset;
                   4266:           int offset = code - bralink + 1;
                   4267:           uschar *bra = code - offset;
                   4268:           oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
                   4269:           bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
                   4270:           *code++ = OP_KET;
                   4271:           PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
                   4272:           PUT(bra, 1, offset);
                   4273:           }
                   4274:         }
                   4275: 
                   4276:       /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
                   4277:       can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
                   4278:       don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
                   4279:       correct offset was computed above.
                   4280: 
                   4281:       Then, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether
                   4282:       this group is a non-atomic one that could match an empty string. If so,
                   4283:       convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
                   4284:       that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to
                   4285:       atomic groups at runtime, but in a different way.] */
                   4286: 
                   4287:       else
                   4288:         {
                   4289:         uschar *ketcode = code - ketoffset;
                   4290:         uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
                   4291:         *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
                   4292:         if (lengthptr == NULL && *bracode != OP_ONCE)
                   4293:           {
                   4294:           uschar *scode = bracode;
                   4295:           do
                   4296:             {
                   4297:             if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8))
                   4298:               {
                   4299:               *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
                   4300:               break;
                   4301:               }
                   4302:             scode += GET(scode, 1);
                   4303:             }
                   4304:           while (*scode == OP_ALT);
                   4305:           }
                   4306:         }
                   4307:       }
                   4308: 
                   4309:     /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
                   4310:     JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
                   4311:     by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
                   4312:     error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
                   4313: 
                   4314:     else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
                   4315: 
                   4316:     /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
                   4317: 
                   4318:     else
                   4319:       {
                   4320:       *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
                   4321:       goto FAILED;
                   4322:       }
                   4323: 
                   4324:     /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
                   4325:     tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some of the
                   4326:     simpler opcodes, there is an special alternative opcode for this. For
                   4327:     anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets.
                   4328:     The '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package,
                   4329:     but the special opcodes can optimize it a bit. The repeated item starts at
                   4330:     tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
                   4331:     (former) last char we repeated.
                   4332: 
                   4333:     Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
                   4334:     an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
                   4335:     length of what remains before proceeding. */
                   4336: 
                   4337:     if (possessive_quantifier)
                   4338:       {
                   4339:       int len;
                   4340:       if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT ||
                   4341:           *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
                   4342:         tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode] +
                   4343:           ((*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT &&
                   4344:              (tempcode[3] == OP_PROP || tempcode[3] == OP_NOTPROP))? 2:0);
                   4345:       len = code - tempcode;
                   4346:       if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
                   4347:         {
                   4348:         case OP_STAR:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
                   4349:         case OP_PLUS:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
                   4350:         case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
                   4351:         case OP_UPTO:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
                   4352: 
                   4353:         case OP_TYPESTAR:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
                   4354:         case OP_TYPEPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
                   4355:         case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
                   4356:         case OP_TYPEUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
                   4357: 
                   4358:         case OP_NOTSTAR:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
                   4359:         case OP_NOTPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
                   4360:         case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
                   4361:         case OP_NOTUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
                   4362: 
                   4363:         default:
                   4364:         memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
                   4365:         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   4366:         len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   4367:         tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
                   4368:         *code++ = OP_KET;
                   4369:         PUTINC(code, 0, len);
                   4370:         PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
                   4371:         break;
                   4372:         }
                   4373:       }
                   4374: 
                   4375:     /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
                   4376:     "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
                   4377:     it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
                   4378: 
                   4379:     END_REPEAT:
                   4380:     previous = NULL;
                   4381:     cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
                   4382:     break;
                   4383: 
                   4384: 
                   4385:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   4386:     /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
                   4387:     lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
                   4388:     parenthesis forms.  */
                   4389: 
1.3     ! misha    4390:     case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
1.1       misha    4391:     newoptions = options;
                   4392:     skipbytes = 0;
                   4393:     bravalue = OP_CBRA;
                   4394:     save_hwm = cd->hwm;
                   4395:     reset_bracount = FALSE;
                   4396: 
                   4397:     /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
                   4398: 
1.3     ! misha    4399:     if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_ASTERISK && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)
1.1       misha    4400:       {
                   4401:       int i, namelen;
                   4402:       const char *vn = verbnames;
                   4403:       const uschar *name = ++ptr;
                   4404:       previous = NULL;
1.2       misha    4405:       while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) {};
1.3     ! misha    4406:       if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
1.1       misha    4407:         {
                   4408:         *errorcodeptr = ERR59;   /* Not supported */
                   4409:         goto FAILED;
                   4410:         }
1.3     ! misha    4411:       if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1.1       misha    4412:         {
                   4413:         *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
                   4414:         goto FAILED;
                   4415:         }
                   4416:       namelen = ptr - name;
                   4417:       for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
                   4418:         {
                   4419:         if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
                   4420:             strncmp((char *)name, vn, namelen) == 0)
                   4421:           {
                   4422:           *code = verbs[i].op;
                   4423:           if (*code++ == OP_ACCEPT) cd->had_accept = TRUE;
                   4424:           break;
                   4425:           }
                   4426:         vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
                   4427:         }
                   4428:       if (i < verbcount) continue;
                   4429:       *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
                   4430:       goto FAILED;
                   4431:       }
                   4432: 
                   4433:     /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
                   4434:     appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
                   4435: 
1.3     ! misha    4436:     else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
1.1       misha    4437:       {
                   4438:       int i, set, unset, namelen;
                   4439:       int *optset;
                   4440:       const uschar *name;
                   4441:       uschar *slot;
                   4442: 
                   4443:       switch (*(++ptr))
                   4444:         {
1.3     ! misha    4445:         case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN:                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
1.1       misha    4446:         ptr++;
1.3     ! misha    4447:         while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
1.1       misha    4448:         if (*ptr == 0)
                   4449:           {
                   4450:           *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
                   4451:           goto FAILED;
                   4452:           }
                   4453:         continue;
                   4454: 
                   4455: 
                   4456:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4457:         case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:  /* Reset capture count for each branch */
1.1       misha    4458:         reset_bracount = TRUE;
                   4459:         /* Fall through */
                   4460: 
                   4461:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4462:         case CHAR_COLON:          /* Non-capturing bracket */
1.1       misha    4463:         bravalue = OP_BRA;
                   4464:         ptr++;
                   4465:         break;
                   4466: 
                   4467: 
                   4468:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4469:         case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
1.1       misha    4470:         bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
                   4471: 
                   4472:         /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
                   4473:         group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
                   4474:         recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
                   4475: 
                   4476:         There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
                   4477:         by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
                   4478: 
                   4479:         There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
                   4480:         be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
                   4481:         by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
                   4482:         In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
                   4483:         cases. */
                   4484: 
                   4485:         /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
                   4486:         the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
                   4487:         including assertions, are processed. */
                   4488: 
1.3     ! misha    4489:         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
        !          4490:             ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
1.1       misha    4491:           break;
                   4492: 
                   4493:         /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
                   4494:         below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */
                   4495: 
                   4496:         code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
                   4497:         skipbytes = 3;
                   4498:         refsign = -1;
                   4499: 
                   4500:         /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
                   4501: 
1.3     ! misha    4502:         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
1.1       misha    4503:           {
                   4504:           terminator = -1;
                   4505:           ptr += 2;
                   4506:           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;    /* Change the type of test */
                   4507:           }
                   4508: 
                   4509:         /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
                   4510:         syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
                   4511: 
1.3     ! misha    4512:         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
1.1       misha    4513:           {
1.3     ! misha    4514:           terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
1.1       misha    4515:           ptr++;
                   4516:           }
1.3     ! misha    4517:         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
1.1       misha    4518:           {
1.3     ! misha    4519:           terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
1.1       misha    4520:           ptr++;
                   4521:           }
                   4522:         else
                   4523:           {
                   4524:           terminator = 0;
1.3     ! misha    4525:           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr);
1.1       misha    4526:           }
                   4527: 
                   4528:         /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
                   4529: 
                   4530:         if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
                   4531:           {
                   4532:           ptr += 1;  /* To get the right offset */
                   4533:           *errorcodeptr = ERR28;
                   4534:           goto FAILED;
                   4535:           }
                   4536: 
                   4537:         /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
                   4538: 
                   4539:         recno = 0;
                   4540:         name = ++ptr;
                   4541:         while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
                   4542:           {
                   4543:           if (recno >= 0)
                   4544:             recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)?
1.3     ! misha    4545:               recno * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0 : -1;
1.1       misha    4546:           ptr++;
                   4547:           }
                   4548:         namelen = ptr - name;
                   4549: 
1.3     ! misha    4550:         if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) ||
        !          4551:             *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1.1       misha    4552:           {
                   4553:           ptr--;      /* Error offset */
                   4554:           *errorcodeptr = ERR26;
                   4555:           goto FAILED;
                   4556:           }
                   4557: 
                   4558:         /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
                   4559: 
                   4560:         if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
                   4561: 
                   4562:         /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
                   4563:         reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
                   4564:         be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
                   4565: 
                   4566:         if (refsign > 0)
                   4567:           {
                   4568:           if (recno <= 0)
                   4569:             {
                   4570:             *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
                   4571:             goto FAILED;
                   4572:             }
1.3     ! misha    4573:           recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
1.1       misha    4574:             cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
                   4575:           if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
                   4576:             {
                   4577:             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                   4578:             goto FAILED;
                   4579:             }
                   4580:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
                   4581:           break;
                   4582:           }
                   4583: 
                   4584:         /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
                   4585:         name. */
                   4586: 
                   4587:         slot = cd->name_table;
                   4588:         for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
                   4589:           {
                   4590:           if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
                   4591:           slot += cd->name_entry_size;
                   4592:           }
                   4593: 
                   4594:         /* Found a previous named subpattern */
                   4595: 
                   4596:         if (i < cd->names_found)
                   4597:           {
                   4598:           recno = GET2(slot, 0);
                   4599:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
                   4600:           }
                   4601: 
                   4602:         /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
                   4603: 
1.3     ! misha    4604:         else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
1.1       misha    4605:                         (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) > 0)
                   4606:           {
                   4607:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
                   4608:           }
                   4609: 
                   4610:         /* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after
                   4611:         the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are
                   4612:         some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0
                   4613:         [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
                   4614:         now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
                   4615: 
                   4616:         else if (terminator != 0)
                   4617:           {
                   4618:           *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                   4619:           goto FAILED;
                   4620:           }
                   4621: 
                   4622:         /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
                   4623:         specific group number. */
                   4624: 
1.3     ! misha    4625:         else if (*name == CHAR_R)
1.1       misha    4626:           {
                   4627:           recno = 0;
                   4628:           for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
                   4629:             {
                   4630:             if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
                   4631:               {
                   4632:               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                   4633:               goto FAILED;
                   4634:               }
1.3     ! misha    4635:             recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha    4636:             }
                   4637:           if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
                   4638:           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;      /* Change test type */
                   4639:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
                   4640:           }
                   4641: 
                   4642:         /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
                   4643:         false. */
                   4644: 
1.3     ! misha    4645:         else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
1.1       misha    4646:           {
                   4647:           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
                   4648:           skipbytes = 1;
                   4649:           }
                   4650: 
                   4651:         /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
                   4652:         in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
                   4653: 
                   4654:         else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
                   4655:           {
                   4656:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
                   4657:           }
                   4658: 
                   4659:         /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
                   4660: 
                   4661:         else
                   4662:           {
                   4663:           *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
                   4664:           goto FAILED;
                   4665:           }
                   4666:         break;
                   4667: 
                   4668: 
                   4669:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4670:         case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:                 /* Positive lookahead */
1.1       misha    4671:         bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
                   4672:         ptr++;
                   4673:         break;
                   4674: 
                   4675: 
                   4676:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4677:         case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:            /* Negative lookahead */
1.1       misha    4678:         ptr++;
1.3     ! misha    4679:         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)    /* Optimize (?!) */
1.1       misha    4680:           {
                   4681:           *code++ = OP_FAIL;
                   4682:           previous = NULL;
                   4683:           continue;
                   4684:           }
                   4685:         bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
                   4686:         break;
                   4687: 
                   4688: 
                   4689:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4690:         case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:              /* Lookbehind or named define */
1.1       misha    4691:         switch (ptr[1])
                   4692:           {
1.3     ! misha    4693:           case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:               /* Positive lookbehind */
1.1       misha    4694:           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
                   4695:           ptr += 2;
                   4696:           break;
                   4697: 
1.3     ! misha    4698:           case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:          /* Negative lookbehind */
1.1       misha    4699:           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
                   4700:           ptr += 2;
                   4701:           break;
                   4702: 
                   4703:           default:                /* Could be name define, else bad */
                   4704:           if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME;
                   4705:           ptr++;                  /* Correct offset for error */
                   4706:           *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
                   4707:           goto FAILED;
                   4708:           }
                   4709:         break;
                   4710: 
                   4711: 
                   4712:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4713:         case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN:           /* One-time brackets */
1.1       misha    4714:         bravalue = OP_ONCE;
                   4715:         ptr++;
                   4716:         break;
                   4717: 
                   4718: 
                   4719:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4720:         case CHAR_C:                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
1.1       misha    4721:         previous_callout = code;  /* Save for later completion */
                   4722:         after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
                   4723:         *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
                   4724:           {
                   4725:           int n = 0;
                   4726:           while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
1.3     ! misha    4727:             n = n * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0;
        !          4728:           if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1.1       misha    4729:             {
                   4730:             *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
                   4731:             goto FAILED;
                   4732:             }
                   4733:           if (n > 255)
                   4734:             {
                   4735:             *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
                   4736:             goto FAILED;
                   4737:             }
                   4738:           *code++ = n;
                   4739:           PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1);  /* Pattern offset */
                   4740:           PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                    /* Default length */
                   4741:           code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
                   4742:           }
                   4743:         previous = NULL;
                   4744:         continue;
                   4745: 
                   4746: 
                   4747:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4748:         case CHAR_P:              /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
        !          4749:         if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
        !          4750:             *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN)  /* Reference or recursion */
1.1       misha    4751:           {
1.3     ! misha    4752:           is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
        !          4753:           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
1.1       misha    4754:           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
                   4755:           }
1.3     ! misha    4756:         else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)  /* Test for Python-style defn */
1.1       misha    4757:           {
                   4758:           *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
                   4759:           goto FAILED;
                   4760:           }
                   4761:         /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
                   4762: 
                   4763: 
                   4764:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
                   4765:         DEFINE_NAME:    /* Come here from (?< handling */
1.3     ! misha    4766:         case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
1.1       misha    4767:           {
1.3     ! misha    4768:           terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
        !          4769:             CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
1.1       misha    4770:           name = ++ptr;
                   4771: 
                   4772:           while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
                   4773:           namelen = ptr - name;
                   4774: 
                   4775:           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
                   4776: 
                   4777:           if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   4778:             {
                   4779:             if (*ptr != terminator)
                   4780:               {
                   4781:               *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
                   4782:               goto FAILED;
                   4783:               }
                   4784:             if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
                   4785:               {
                   4786:               *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
                   4787:               goto FAILED;
                   4788:               }
                   4789:             if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size)
                   4790:               {
                   4791:               cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3;
                   4792:               if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
                   4793:                 {
                   4794:                 *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
                   4795:                 goto FAILED;
                   4796:                 }
                   4797:               }
                   4798:             }
                   4799: 
                   4800:           /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table */
                   4801: 
                   4802:           else
                   4803:             {
                   4804:             slot = cd->name_table;
                   4805:             for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
                   4806:               {
                   4807:               int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
                   4808:               if (crc == 0)
                   4809:                 {
                   4810:                 if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
                   4811:                   {
                   4812:                   if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
                   4813:                     {
                   4814:                     *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
                   4815:                     goto FAILED;
                   4816:                     }
                   4817:                   }
                   4818:                 else crc = -1;      /* Current name is substring */
                   4819:                 }
                   4820:               if (crc < 0)
                   4821:                 {
                   4822:                 memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
                   4823:                   (cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
                   4824:                 break;
                   4825:                 }
                   4826:               slot += cd->name_entry_size;
                   4827:               }
                   4828: 
                   4829:             PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
                   4830:             memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
                   4831:             slot[2+namelen] = 0;
                   4832:             }
                   4833:           }
                   4834: 
                   4835:         /* In both cases, count the number of names we've encountered. */
                   4836: 
                   4837:         ptr++;                    /* Move past > or ' */
                   4838:         cd->names_found++;
                   4839:         goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
                   4840: 
                   4841: 
                   4842:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4843:         case CHAR_AMPERSAND:            /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
        !          4844:         terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
1.1       misha    4845:         is_recurse = TRUE;
                   4846:         /* Fall through */
                   4847: 
                   4848:         /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
                   4849:         references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
                   4850:         through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
                   4851:         the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
                   4852:         .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
                   4853: 
                   4854:         NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
                   4855:         name = ++ptr;
                   4856:         while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
                   4857:         namelen = ptr - name;
                   4858: 
                   4859:         /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check and set a dummy
                   4860:         reference number. */
                   4861: 
                   4862:         if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   4863:           {
                   4864:           if (namelen == 0)
                   4865:             {
                   4866:             *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
                   4867:             goto FAILED;
                   4868:             }
                   4869:           if (*ptr != terminator)
                   4870:             {
                   4871:             *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
                   4872:             goto FAILED;
                   4873:             }
                   4874:           if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
                   4875:             {
                   4876:             *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
                   4877:             goto FAILED;
                   4878:             }
                   4879:           recno = 0;
                   4880:           }
                   4881: 
                   4882:         /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
                   4883:         first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
                   4884:         table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
                   4885:         the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
                   4886: 
                   4887:         else
                   4888:           {
                   4889:           slot = cd->name_table;
                   4890:           for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
                   4891:             {
                   4892:             if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0 &&
                   4893:                 slot[2+namelen] == 0)
                   4894:               break;
                   4895:             slot += cd->name_entry_size;
                   4896:             }
                   4897: 
                   4898:           if (i < cd->names_found)         /* Back reference */
                   4899:             {
                   4900:             recno = GET2(slot, 0);
                   4901:             }
                   4902:           else if ((recno =                /* Forward back reference */
1.3     ! misha    4903:                     find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
1.1       misha    4904:                       (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) <= 0)
                   4905:             {
                   4906:             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                   4907:             goto FAILED;
                   4908:             }
                   4909:           }
                   4910: 
                   4911:         /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
                   4912:         recursion or backreferences. */
                   4913: 
                   4914:         if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
                   4915:           else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
                   4916: 
                   4917: 
                   4918:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4919:         case CHAR_R:              /* Recursion */
1.1       misha    4920:         ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
                   4921:         /* Fall through */
                   4922: 
                   4923: 
                   4924:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
1.3     ! misha    4925:         case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS:  /* Recursion or subroutine */
        !          4926:         case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
        !          4927:         case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
1.1       misha    4928:           {
                   4929:           const uschar *called;
1.3     ! misha    4930:           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
1.1       misha    4931: 
                   4932:           /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
                   4933:           compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
                   4934:           the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
                   4935:           be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
                   4936:           ever be taken. */
                   4937: 
                   4938:           HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
                   4939: 
1.3     ! misha    4940:           if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
1.1       misha    4941:             {
                   4942:             ptr++;
                   4943:             if ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
                   4944:               {
                   4945:               *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
                   4946:               goto FAILED;
                   4947:               }
                   4948:             }
1.3     ! misha    4949:           else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
1.1       misha    4950:             {
                   4951:             if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
                   4952:               goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
                   4953:             ptr++;
                   4954:             }
                   4955: 
                   4956:           recno = 0;
                   4957:           while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
1.3     ! misha    4958:             recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
1.1       misha    4959: 
                   4960:           if (*ptr != terminator)
                   4961:             {
                   4962:             *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
                   4963:             goto FAILED;
                   4964:             }
                   4965: 
1.3     ! misha    4966:           if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
1.1       misha    4967:             {
                   4968:             if (recno == 0)
                   4969:               {
                   4970:               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
                   4971:               goto FAILED;
                   4972:               }
                   4973:             recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
                   4974:             if (recno <= 0)
                   4975:               {
                   4976:               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                   4977:               goto FAILED;
                   4978:               }
                   4979:             }
1.3     ! misha    4980:           else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
1.1       misha    4981:             {
                   4982:             if (recno == 0)
                   4983:               {
                   4984:               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
                   4985:               goto FAILED;
                   4986:               }
                   4987:             recno += cd->bracount;
                   4988:             }
                   4989: 
                   4990:           /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
                   4991: 
                   4992:           HANDLE_RECURSION:
                   4993: 
                   4994:           previous = code;
                   4995:           called = cd->start_code;
                   4996: 
                   4997:           /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
                   4998:           referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
                   4999:           this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
                   5000:           the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
                   5001:           now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
                   5002:           be filled in at the end. */
                   5003: 
                   5004:           if (lengthptr == NULL)
                   5005:             {
                   5006:             *code = OP_END;
                   5007:             if (recno != 0) called = find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
                   5008: 
                   5009:             /* Forward reference */
                   5010: 
                   5011:             if (called == NULL)
                   5012:               {
1.3     ! misha    5013:               if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno,
1.1       misha    5014:                     (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) < 0)
                   5015:                 {
                   5016:                 *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
                   5017:                 goto FAILED;
                   5018:                 }
                   5019:               called = cd->start_code + recno;
                   5020:               PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, code + 2 + LINK_SIZE - cd->start_code);
                   5021:               }
                   5022: 
                   5023:             /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
                   5024:             this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
                   5025:             recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. */
                   5026: 
                   5027:             else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 &&
                   5028:                      could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
                   5029:               {
                   5030:               *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
                   5031:               goto FAILED;
                   5032:               }
                   5033:             }
                   5034: 
                   5035:           /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item, automatically wrapped inside
                   5036:           "once" brackets. Set up a "previous group" length so that a
                   5037:           subsequent quantifier will work. */
                   5038: 
                   5039:           *code = OP_ONCE;
                   5040:           PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
                   5041:           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5042: 
                   5043:           *code = OP_RECURSE;
                   5044:           PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
                   5045:           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5046: 
                   5047:           *code = OP_KET;
                   5048:           PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
                   5049:           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5050: 
                   5051:           length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
                   5052:           }
                   5053: 
                   5054:         /* Can't determine a first byte now */
                   5055: 
                   5056:         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5057:         continue;
                   5058: 
                   5059: 
                   5060:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
                   5061:         default:              /* Other characters: check option setting */
                   5062:         OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
                   5063:         set = unset = 0;
                   5064:         optset = &set;
                   5065: 
1.3     ! misha    5066:         while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
1.1       misha    5067:           {
                   5068:           switch (*ptr++)
                   5069:             {
1.3     ! misha    5070:             case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
1.1       misha    5071: 
1.3     ! misha    5072:             case CHAR_J:    /* Record that it changed in the external options */
1.1       misha    5073:             *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
                   5074:             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
                   5075:             break;
                   5076: 
1.3     ! misha    5077:             case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
        !          5078:             case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
        !          5079:             case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
        !          5080:             case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
        !          5081:             case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
        !          5082:             case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
1.1       misha    5083: 
                   5084:             default:  *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
                   5085:                       ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
                   5086:                       goto FAILED;
                   5087:             }
                   5088:           }
                   5089: 
                   5090:         /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
                   5091: 
                   5092:         newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
                   5093: 
                   5094:         /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
                   5095:         group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
                   5096:         item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
                   5097:         abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
                   5098:         the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
                   5099:         caseless checking of required bytes.
                   5100: 
                   5101:         If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
                   5102:         definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
                   5103:         compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
                   5104:         that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
                   5105:         during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
                   5106:         we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
                   5107:         any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
                   5108:         has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
                   5109:         is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
                   5110:         both phases.
                   5111: 
                   5112:         If we are not at the pattern start, compile code to change the ims
1.2       misha    5113:         options if this setting actually changes any of them, and reset the
                   5114:         greedy defaults and the case value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
1.1       misha    5115: 
1.3     ! misha    5116:         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1.1       misha    5117:           {
                   5118:           if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
                   5119:                (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
                   5120:             {
                   5121:             cd->external_options = newoptions;
                   5122:             }
                   5123:          else
                   5124:             {
                   5125:             if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
                   5126:               {
                   5127:               *code++ = OP_OPT;
                   5128:               *code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
                   5129:               }
                   5130:             greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
                   5131:             greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
1.2       misha    5132:             req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
1.1       misha    5133:             }
                   5134: 
1.2       misha    5135:           /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
                   5136:           in subsequent branches. When not at the start of the pattern, this
                   5137:           information is also necessary so that a resetting item can be
                   5138:           compiled at the end of a group (if we are in a group). */
                   5139: 
                   5140:           *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
1.1       misha    5141:           previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
                   5142:           continue;              /* It is complete */
                   5143:           }
                   5144: 
                   5145:         /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
                   5146:         with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
                   5147:         not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
                   5148:         the newoptions value is handled below. */
                   5149: 
                   5150:         bravalue = OP_BRA;
                   5151:         ptr++;
                   5152:         }     /* End of switch for character following (? */
                   5153:       }       /* End of (? handling */
                   5154: 
                   5155:     /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set,
                   5156:     all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
                   5157:     brackets. */
                   5158: 
                   5159:     else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
                   5160:       {
                   5161:       bravalue = OP_BRA;
                   5162:       }
                   5163: 
                   5164:     /* Else we have a capturing group. */
                   5165: 
                   5166:     else
                   5167:       {
                   5168:       NUMBERED_GROUP:
                   5169:       cd->bracount += 1;
                   5170:       PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
                   5171:       skipbytes = 2;
                   5172:       }
                   5173: 
                   5174:     /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions may not be repeated, but
                   5175:     other kinds can be. All their opcodes are >= OP_ONCE. We copy code into a
                   5176:     non-register variable in order to be able to pass its address because some
                   5177:     compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a new setting for the ims options if
                   5178:     they have changed. */
                   5179: 
                   5180:     previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
                   5181:     *code = bravalue;
                   5182:     tempcode = code;
                   5183:     tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;     /* Save value before bracket */
                   5184:     length_prevgroup = 0;              /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
                   5185: 
                   5186:     if (!compile_regex(
                   5187:          newoptions,                   /* The complete new option state */
                   5188:          options & PCRE_IMS,           /* The previous ims option state */
                   5189:          &tempcode,                    /* Where to put code (updated) */
                   5190:          &ptr,                         /* Input pointer (updated) */
                   5191:          errorcodeptr,                 /* Where to put an error message */
                   5192:          (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
                   5193:           bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
                   5194:          reset_bracount,               /* True if (?| group */
                   5195:          skipbytes,                    /* Skip over bracket number */
                   5196:          &subfirstbyte,                /* For possible first char */
                   5197:          &subreqbyte,                  /* For possible last char */
                   5198:          bcptr,                        /* Current branch chain */
                   5199:          cd,                           /* Tables block */
                   5200:          (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :   /* Actual compile phase */
                   5201:            &length_prevgroup           /* Pre-compile phase */
                   5202:          ))
                   5203:       goto FAILED;
                   5204: 
                   5205:     /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
                   5206:     group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
                   5207:     and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
                   5208:     is on the bracket. */
                   5209: 
                   5210:     /* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
                   5211:     two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
                   5212:     in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
                   5213:     not be available. */
                   5214: 
                   5215:     if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
                   5216:       {
                   5217:       uschar *tc = code;
                   5218:       int condcount = 0;
                   5219: 
                   5220:       do {
                   5221:          condcount++;
                   5222:          tc += GET(tc,1);
                   5223:          }
                   5224:       while (*tc != OP_KET);
                   5225: 
                   5226:       /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
                   5227:       false). It must have only one branch. */
                   5228: 
                   5229:       if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
                   5230:         {
                   5231:         if (condcount > 1)
                   5232:           {
                   5233:           *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
                   5234:           goto FAILED;
                   5235:           }
                   5236:         bravalue = OP_DEF;   /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
                   5237:         }
                   5238: 
                   5239:       /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
                   5240:       make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an
                   5241:       empty second branch. */
                   5242: 
                   5243:       else
                   5244:         {
                   5245:         if (condcount > 2)
                   5246:           {
                   5247:           *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
                   5248:           goto FAILED;
                   5249:           }
                   5250:         if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5251:         }
                   5252:       }
                   5253: 
                   5254:     /* Error if hit end of pattern */
                   5255: 
1.3     ! misha    5256:     if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1.1       misha    5257:       {
                   5258:       *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
                   5259:       goto FAILED;
                   5260:       }
                   5261: 
                   5262:     /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
                   5263:     less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
                   5264:     set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
                   5265:     duplicated by a quantifier.*/
                   5266: 
                   5267:     if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   5268:       {
                   5269:       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
                   5270:         {
                   5271:         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
                   5272:         goto FAILED;
                   5273:         }
                   5274:       *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
                   5275:       *code++ = OP_BRA;
                   5276:       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
                   5277:       *code++ = OP_KET;
                   5278:       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
                   5279:       break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
                   5280:       }
                   5281: 
                   5282:     /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
                   5283: 
                   5284:     code = tempcode;
                   5285: 
                   5286:     /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
                   5287:     relevant. */
                   5288: 
                   5289:     if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
                   5290: 
                   5291:     /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
                   5292:     group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
                   5293:     branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
                   5294:     zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and
                   5295:     zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
                   5296:     back off. */
                   5297: 
                   5298:     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   5299:     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   5300:     groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
                   5301: 
                   5302:     if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
                   5303:       {
                   5304:       /* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
                   5305:       subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
                   5306:       than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
                   5307:       no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
                   5308:       repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
                   5309: 
                   5310:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
                   5311:         {
                   5312:         if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
                   5313:           {
                   5314:           firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
                   5315:           groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
                   5316:           }
                   5317:         else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5318:         zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5319:         }
                   5320: 
                   5321:       /* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
                   5322:       into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
                   5323:       existence beforehand. */
                   5324: 
                   5325:       else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
                   5326:         subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
                   5327: 
                   5328:       /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
                   5329:       really the first byte - see above), set it. */
                   5330: 
                   5331:       if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
                   5332:       }
                   5333: 
                   5334:     /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
                   5335:     helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
                   5336:     char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
                   5337:     for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
                   5338:     such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
                   5339:     of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
                   5340:     firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
                   5341: 
                   5342:     else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
                   5343:     break;     /* End of processing '(' */
                   5344: 
                   5345: 
                   5346:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   5347:     /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
                   5348:     are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
                   5349:     back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
                   5350:     back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
                   5351:     We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
                   5352:     have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
                   5353: 
1.3     ! misha    5354:     case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
1.1       misha    5355:     tempptr = ptr;
                   5356:     c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
                   5357:     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
                   5358: 
                   5359:     if (c < 0)
                   5360:       {
                   5361:       if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
                   5362:         {
1.3     ! misha    5363:         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
        !          5364:           ptr += 2;               /* avoid empty string */
        !          5365:             else inescq = TRUE;
1.1       misha    5366:         continue;
                   5367:         }
                   5368: 
                   5369:       if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
                   5370: 
                   5371:       /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
                   5372:       setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
                   5373: 
                   5374:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
                   5375:         firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5376: 
                   5377:       /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
                   5378: 
                   5379:       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   5380:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   5381: 
                   5382:       /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
                   5383:       is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
                   5384:       -ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
                   5385:       or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
                   5386:       -ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as
                   5387:       that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
                   5388: 
                   5389:       if (-c == ESC_g)
                   5390:         {
                   5391:         const uschar *p;
                   5392:         save_hwm = cd->hwm;   /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
1.3     ! misha    5393:         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
        !          5394:           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
1.1       misha    5395: 
                   5396:         /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
                   5397:         unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
                   5398:         fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
                   5399:         would actually be in error are never taken. */
                   5400: 
                   5401:         skipbytes = 0;
                   5402:         reset_bracount = FALSE;
                   5403: 
                   5404:         /* Test for a name */
                   5405: 
1.3     ! misha    5406:         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS)
1.1       misha    5407:           {
                   5408:           BOOL isnumber = TRUE;
                   5409:           for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++)
                   5410:             {
                   5411:             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) isnumber = FALSE;
                   5412:             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
                   5413:             }
                   5414:           if (*p != terminator)
                   5415:             {
                   5416:             *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
                   5417:             break;
                   5418:             }
                   5419:           if (isnumber)
                   5420:             {
                   5421:             ptr++;
                   5422:             goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
                   5423:             }
                   5424:           is_recurse = TRUE;
                   5425:           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
                   5426:           }
                   5427: 
                   5428:         /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
                   5429: 
                   5430:         p = ptr + 2;
                   5431:         while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
                   5432:         if (*p != terminator)
                   5433:           {
                   5434:           *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
                   5435:           break;
                   5436:           }
                   5437:         ptr++;
                   5438:         goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
                   5439:         }
                   5440: 
                   5441:       /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
                   5442:       We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax) */
                   5443: 
1.3     ! misha    5444:       if (-c == ESC_k && (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN ||
        !          5445:           ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE || ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
1.1       misha    5446:         {
                   5447:         is_recurse = FALSE;
1.3     ! misha    5448:         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
        !          5449:           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
        !          5450:           CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
1.1       misha    5451:         goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
                   5452:         }
                   5453: 
                   5454:       /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if
                   5455:       not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
                   5456:       ':' later. */
                   5457: 
                   5458:       if (-c >= ESC_REF)
                   5459:         {
                   5460:         recno = -c - ESC_REF;
                   5461: 
                   5462:         HANDLE_REFERENCE:    /* Come here from named backref handling */
                   5463:         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5464:         previous = code;
                   5465:         *code++ = OP_REF;
                   5466:         PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
                   5467:         cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
                   5468:         if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
                   5469:         }
                   5470: 
                   5471:       /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
                   5472: 
                   5473: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
                   5474:       else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
                   5475:         {
                   5476:         BOOL negated;
                   5477:         int pdata;
                   5478:         int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
                   5479:         if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
                   5480:         previous = code;
                   5481:         *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
                   5482:         *code++ = ptype;
                   5483:         *code++ = pdata;
                   5484:         }
                   5485: #else
                   5486: 
                   5487:       /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
                   5488:       allowed. */
                   5489: 
                   5490:       else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
                   5491:         {
                   5492:         *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
                   5493:         goto FAILED;
                   5494:         }
                   5495: #endif
                   5496: 
                   5497:       /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
                   5498:       can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value. */
                   5499: 
                   5500:       else
                   5501:         {
                   5502:         previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
                   5503:         *code++ = -c;
                   5504:         }
                   5505:       continue;
                   5506:       }
                   5507: 
                   5508:     /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
                   5509:     a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
                   5510:     handle it as a data character. */
                   5511: 
                   5512: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   5513:     if (utf8 && c > 127)
                   5514:       mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
                   5515:     else
                   5516: #endif
                   5517: 
                   5518:      {
                   5519:      mcbuffer[0] = c;
                   5520:      mclength = 1;
                   5521:      }
                   5522:     goto ONE_CHAR;
                   5523: 
                   5524: 
                   5525:     /* ===================================================================*/
                   5526:     /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
                   5527:     when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
                   5528:     multi-byte literal character. */
                   5529: 
                   5530:     default:
                   5531:     NORMAL_CHAR:
                   5532:     mclength = 1;
                   5533:     mcbuffer[0] = c;
                   5534: 
                   5535: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   5536:     if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0)
                   5537:       {
                   5538:       while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
                   5539:         mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
                   5540:       }
                   5541: #endif
                   5542: 
                   5543:     /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
                   5544:     in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
                   5545: 
                   5546:     ONE_CHAR:
                   5547:     previous = code;
                   5548:     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
                   5549:     for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
                   5550: 
                   5551:     /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
                   5552: 
1.3     ! misha    5553:     if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
1.1       misha    5554:       cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
                   5555: 
                   5556:     /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
                   5557:     byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
                   5558:     Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
                   5559:     repeat. */
                   5560: 
                   5561:     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
                   5562:       {
                   5563:       zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5564:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   5565: 
                   5566:       /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
                   5567:       only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
                   5568: 
                   5569:       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
                   5570:         {
                   5571:         firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
                   5572:         if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
                   5573:         }
                   5574:       else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5575:       }
                   5576: 
                   5577:     /* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
                   5578:     1 or the matching is caseful. */
                   5579: 
                   5580:     else
                   5581:       {
                   5582:       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
                   5583:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
                   5584:       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
                   5585:         reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
                   5586:       }
                   5587: 
                   5588:     break;            /* End of literal character handling */
                   5589:     }
                   5590:   }                   /* end of big loop */
                   5591: 
                   5592: 
                   5593: /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
                   5594: error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
                   5595: to the user for diagnosing the error. */
                   5596: 
                   5597: FAILED:
                   5598: *ptrptr = ptr;
                   5599: return FALSE;
                   5600: }
                   5601: 
                   5602: 
                   5603: 
                   5604: 
                   5605: /*************************************************
                   5606: *     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
                   5607: *************************************************/
                   5608: 
                   5609: /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
                   5610: points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
                   5611: variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
                   5612: If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or during any
                   5613: branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every following branch
                   5614: to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass the new options
                   5615: into every subsequent branch compile.
                   5616: 
                   5617: This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
                   5618: out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
                   5619: value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
                   5620: 
                   5621: Arguments:
                   5622:   options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
                   5623:   oldims         previous settings of ims option bits
                   5624:   codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
                   5625:   ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
                   5626:   errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
                   5627:   lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
                   5628:   reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
                   5629:   skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
                   5630:   firstbyteptr   place to put the first required character, or a negative number
                   5631:   reqbyteptr     place to put the last required character, or a negative number
                   5632:   bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
                   5633:   cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
                   5634:   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
                   5635:                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
                   5636: 
                   5637: Returns:         TRUE on success
                   5638: */
                   5639: 
                   5640: static BOOL
                   5641: compile_regex(int options, int oldims, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
                   5642:   int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
                   5643:   int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd,
                   5644:   int *lengthptr)
                   5645: {
                   5646: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
                   5647: uschar *code = *codeptr;
                   5648: uschar *last_branch = code;
                   5649: uschar *start_bracket = code;
                   5650: uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
                   5651: int firstbyte, reqbyte;
                   5652: int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
                   5653: int length;
                   5654: int orig_bracount;
                   5655: int max_bracount;
                   5656: branch_chain bc;
                   5657: 
                   5658: bc.outer = bcptr;
                   5659: bc.current = code;
                   5660: 
                   5661: firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
                   5662: 
                   5663: /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
                   5664: length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
                   5665: beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
                   5666: lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
                   5667: start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
                   5668: the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
                   5669: 
                   5670: length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
                   5671: 
                   5672: /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
                   5673: the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
                   5674: them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
                   5675: pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
                   5676: 
                   5677: /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
                   5678: 
                   5679: PUT(code, 1, 0);
                   5680: code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
                   5681: 
                   5682: /* Loop for each alternative branch */
                   5683: 
                   5684: orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
                   5685: for (;;)
                   5686:   {
                   5687:   /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
                   5688:   uses the same numbers. */
                   5689: 
                   5690:   if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
                   5691: 
                   5692:   /* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
                   5693: 
                   5694:   if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
                   5695:     {
                   5696:     *code++ = OP_OPT;
                   5697:     *code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
                   5698:     length += 2;
                   5699:     }
                   5700: 
                   5701:   /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
                   5702: 
                   5703:   if (lookbehind)
                   5704:     {
                   5705:     *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
                   5706:     reverse_count = code;
                   5707:     PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
                   5708:     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5709:     }
                   5710: 
                   5711:   /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
                   5712:   into the length. */
                   5713: 
                   5714:   if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstbyte,
                   5715:         &branchreqbyte, &bc, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
                   5716:     {
                   5717:     *ptrptr = ptr;
                   5718:     return FALSE;
                   5719:     }
                   5720: 
                   5721:   /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
                   5722:   has fewer than the rest. */
                   5723: 
                   5724:   if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
                   5725: 
                   5726:   /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
                   5727: 
                   5728:   if (lengthptr == NULL)
                   5729:     {
                   5730:     /* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
                   5731:     branch become the values for the regex. */
                   5732: 
                   5733:     if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
                   5734:       {
                   5735:       firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
                   5736:       reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
                   5737:       }
                   5738: 
                   5739:     /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
                   5740:     match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
                   5741:     previous value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
                   5742:     and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
                   5743: 
                   5744:     else
                   5745:       {
                   5746:       /* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
                   5747:       we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was
                   5748:       previously no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
                   5749: 
                   5750:       if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
                   5751:         {
                   5752:         if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
                   5753:         firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5754:         }
                   5755: 
                   5756:       /* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
                   5757:       branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
                   5758: 
                   5759:       if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
                   5760:           branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
                   5761: 
                   5762:       /* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
                   5763: 
                   5764:       if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
                   5765:         reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
                   5766:       else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte;   /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
                   5767:       }
                   5768: 
                   5769:     /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
                   5770:     put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
                   5771:     branch with OP_END. */
                   5772: 
                   5773:     if (lookbehind)
                   5774:       {
                   5775:       int fixed_length;
                   5776:       *code = OP_END;
                   5777:       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
                   5778:       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
                   5779:       if (fixed_length < 0)
                   5780:         {
                   5781:         *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
                   5782:         *ptrptr = ptr;
                   5783:         return FALSE;
                   5784:         }
                   5785:       PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
                   5786:       }
                   5787:     }
                   5788: 
                   5789:   /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
                   5790:   compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
                   5791:   of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
                   5792:   first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
                   5793:   group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
                   5794:   bracketed item. If any of the ims options were changed inside the group,
                   5795:   compile a resetting op-code following, except at the very end of the pattern.
                   5796:   Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
                   5797: 
1.3     ! misha    5798:   if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
1.1       misha    5799:     {
                   5800:     if (lengthptr == NULL)
                   5801:       {
                   5802:       int branch_length = code - last_branch;
                   5803:       do
                   5804:         {
                   5805:         int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
                   5806:         PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
                   5807:         branch_length = prev_length;
                   5808:         last_branch -= branch_length;
                   5809:         }
                   5810:       while (branch_length > 0);
                   5811:       }
                   5812: 
                   5813:     /* Fill in the ket */
                   5814: 
                   5815:     *code = OP_KET;
                   5816:     PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
                   5817:     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5818: 
                   5819:     /* Resetting option if needed */
                   5820: 
1.3     ! misha    5821:     if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
1.1       misha    5822:       {
                   5823:       *code++ = OP_OPT;
                   5824:       *code++ = oldims;
                   5825:       length += 2;
                   5826:       }
                   5827: 
                   5828:     /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
                   5829: 
                   5830:     cd->bracount = max_bracount;
                   5831: 
                   5832:     /* Set values to pass back */
                   5833: 
                   5834:     *codeptr = code;
                   5835:     *ptrptr = ptr;
                   5836:     *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
                   5837:     *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
                   5838:     if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   5839:       {
                   5840:       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
                   5841:         {
                   5842:         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
                   5843:         return FALSE;
                   5844:         }
                   5845:       *lengthptr += length;
                   5846:       }
                   5847:     return TRUE;
                   5848:     }
                   5849: 
                   5850:   /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
                   5851:   pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
                   5852:   pretend that each branch is the only one.)
                   5853: 
                   5854:   In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
                   5855:   to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
                   5856:   is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
                   5857:   zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
                   5858: 
                   5859:   if (lengthptr != NULL)
                   5860:     {
                   5861:     code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
                   5862:     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5863:     }
                   5864:   else
                   5865:     {
                   5866:     *code = OP_ALT;
                   5867:     PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
                   5868:     bc.current = last_branch = code;
                   5869:     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
                   5870:     }
                   5871: 
                   5872:   ptr++;
                   5873:   }
                   5874: /* Control never reaches here */
                   5875: }
                   5876: 
                   5877: 
                   5878: 
                   5879: 
                   5880: /*************************************************
                   5881: *          Check for anchored expression         *
                   5882: *************************************************/
                   5883: 
                   5884: /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
                   5885: alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
                   5886: all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
                   5887: it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
                   5888: counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
                   5889: 
                   5890: We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
                   5891: This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
                   5892: into account the match offset".
                   5893: 
                   5894: A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
                   5895: because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
                   5896: so there is no point trying again.... er ....
                   5897: 
                   5898: .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
                   5899: subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
                   5900: to catch that case precisely.
                   5901: 
                   5902: At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
                   5903: and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
                   5904: However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
                   5905: of the more common cases more precisely.
                   5906: 
                   5907: Arguments:
                   5908:   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
                   5909:   options        points to the options setting
                   5910:   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
                   5911:                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
                   5912:                   the less precise approach
                   5913:   backref_map    the back reference bitmap
                   5914: 
                   5915: Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
                   5916: */
                   5917: 
                   5918: static BOOL
                   5919: is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
                   5920:   unsigned int backref_map)
                   5921: {
                   5922: do {
                   5923:    const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
                   5924:      options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
                   5925:    register int op = *scode;
                   5926: 
                   5927:    /* Non-capturing brackets */
                   5928: 
                   5929:    if (op == OP_BRA)
                   5930:      {
                   5931:      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
                   5932:      }
                   5933: 
                   5934:    /* Capturing brackets */
                   5935: 
                   5936:    else if (op == OP_CBRA)
                   5937:      {
                   5938:      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
                   5939:      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
                   5940:      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
                   5941:      }
                   5942: 
                   5943:    /* Other brackets */
                   5944: 
                   5945:    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
                   5946:      {
                   5947:      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
                   5948:      }
                   5949: 
                   5950:    /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
                   5951:    it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced. */
                   5952: 
                   5953:    else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
                   5954:              op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
                   5955:      {
                   5956:      if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0)
                   5957:        return FALSE;
                   5958:      }
                   5959: 
                   5960:    /* Check for explicit anchoring */
                   5961: 
                   5962:    else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
                   5963:            ((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
                   5964:      return FALSE;
                   5965:    code += GET(code, 1);
                   5966:    }
                   5967: while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
                   5968: return TRUE;
                   5969: }
                   5970: 
                   5971: 
                   5972: 
                   5973: /*************************************************
                   5974: *         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
                   5975: *************************************************/
                   5976: 
                   5977: /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
                   5978: "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
                   5979: matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
                   5980: the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
                   5981: have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
                   5982: because in that case we can't make the assumption.
                   5983: 
                   5984: Arguments:
                   5985:   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
                   5986:   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
                   5987:                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
                   5988:                   the less precise approach
                   5989:   backref_map    the back reference bitmap
                   5990: 
                   5991: Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
                   5992: */
                   5993: 
                   5994: static BOOL
                   5995: is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
                   5996:   unsigned int backref_map)
                   5997: {
                   5998: do {
                   5999:    const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
                   6000:      NULL, 0, FALSE);
                   6001:    register int op = *scode;
                   6002: 
1.3     ! misha    6003:    /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
        !          6004:    conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
        !          6005:    for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
        !          6006:    auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
        !          6007: 
        !          6008:    if (op == OP_COND)
        !          6009:      {
        !          6010:      scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          6011:      if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_CALLOUT];
        !          6012:      switch (*scode)
        !          6013:        {
        !          6014:        case OP_CREF:
        !          6015:        case OP_RREF:
        !          6016:        case OP_DEF:
        !          6017:        return FALSE;
        !          6018: 
        !          6019:        default:     /* Assertion */
        !          6020:        if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          6021:        do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
        !          6022:        scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          6023:        break;
        !          6024:        }
        !          6025:      scode = first_significant_code(scode, NULL, 0, FALSE);
        !          6026:      op = *scode;
        !          6027:      }
        !          6028: 
1.1       misha    6029:    /* Non-capturing brackets */
                   6030: 
                   6031:    if (op == OP_BRA)
                   6032:      {
                   6033:      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
                   6034:      }
                   6035: 
                   6036:    /* Capturing brackets */
                   6037: 
                   6038:    else if (op == OP_CBRA)
                   6039:      {
                   6040:      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
                   6041:      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
                   6042:      if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
                   6043:      }
                   6044: 
                   6045:    /* Other brackets */
                   6046: 
1.3     ! misha    6047:    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE)
        !          6048:      {
        !          6049:      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          6050:      }
1.1       misha    6051: 
                   6052:    /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
                   6053:    may be referenced. */
                   6054: 
                   6055:    else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
                   6056:      {
                   6057:      if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
                   6058:      }
                   6059: 
                   6060:    /* Check for explicit circumflex */
                   6061: 
                   6062:    else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
                   6063: 
                   6064:    /* Move on to the next alternative */
                   6065: 
                   6066:    code += GET(code, 1);
                   6067:    }
                   6068: while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
                   6069: return TRUE;
                   6070: }
                   6071: 
                   6072: 
                   6073: 
                   6074: /*************************************************
                   6075: *       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
                   6076: *************************************************/
                   6077: 
                   6078: /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
                   6079: discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
                   6080: However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
                   6081: it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
                   6082: char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
                   6083: of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
                   6084: we return that char, otherwise -1.
                   6085: 
                   6086: Arguments:
                   6087:   code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
                   6088:   options    pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
                   6089:   inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
                   6090: 
                   6091: Returns:     -1 or the fixed first char
                   6092: */
                   6093: 
                   6094: static int
                   6095: find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
                   6096: {
                   6097: register int c = -1;
                   6098: do {
                   6099:    int d;
                   6100:    const uschar *scode =
                   6101:      first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
                   6102:    register int op = *scode;
                   6103: 
                   6104:    switch(op)
                   6105:      {
                   6106:      default:
                   6107:      return -1;
                   6108: 
                   6109:      case OP_BRA:
                   6110:      case OP_CBRA:
                   6111:      case OP_ASSERT:
                   6112:      case OP_ONCE:
                   6113:      case OP_COND:
                   6114:      if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
                   6115:        return -1;
                   6116:      if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
                   6117:      break;
                   6118: 
                   6119:      case OP_EXACT:       /* Fall through */
                   6120:      scode += 2;
                   6121: 
                   6122:      case OP_CHAR:
                   6123:      case OP_CHARNC:
                   6124:      case OP_PLUS:
                   6125:      case OP_MINPLUS:
                   6126:      case OP_POSPLUS:
                   6127:      if (!inassert) return -1;
                   6128:      if (c < 0)
                   6129:        {
                   6130:        c = scode[1];
                   6131:        if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
                   6132:        }
                   6133:      else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
                   6134:      break;
                   6135:      }
                   6136: 
                   6137:    code += GET(code, 1);
                   6138:    }
                   6139: while (*code == OP_ALT);
                   6140: return c;
                   6141: }
                   6142: 
                   6143: 
                   6144: 
                   6145: /*************************************************
                   6146: *        Compile a Regular Expression            *
                   6147: *************************************************/
                   6148: 
                   6149: /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
                   6150: holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
                   6151: function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
                   6152: compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
                   6153: 
                   6154: Arguments:
                   6155:   pattern       the regular expression
                   6156:   options       various option bits
                   6157:   errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
                   6158:                   can be NULL if you don't want a code value
                   6159:   errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
                   6160:   erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
                   6161:   tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
                   6162: 
                   6163: Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
                   6164:                 with errorptr and erroroffset set
                   6165: */
                   6166: 
1.2       misha    6167: PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
1.1       misha    6168: pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
                   6169:   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
                   6170: {
                   6171: return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
                   6172: }
                   6173: 
                   6174: 
1.2       misha    6175: PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
1.1       misha    6176: pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
                   6177:   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
                   6178: {
                   6179: real_pcre *re;
                   6180: int length = 1;  /* For final END opcode */
                   6181: int firstbyte, reqbyte, newline;
                   6182: int errorcode = 0;
                   6183: int skipatstart = 0;
                   6184: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
                   6185: BOOL utf8;
                   6186: #endif
                   6187: size_t size;
                   6188: uschar *code;
                   6189: const uschar *codestart;
                   6190: const uschar *ptr;
                   6191: compile_data compile_block;
                   6192: compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
                   6193: 
                   6194: /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
                   6195: computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
                   6196: as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
                   6197: this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
                   6198: to fill in forward references to subpatterns. */
                   6199: 
                   6200: uschar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
                   6201: 
                   6202: /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
                   6203: 
                   6204: ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
                   6205: 
                   6206: /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
                   6207: can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
                   6208: pointer. */
                   6209: 
                   6210: if (errorptr == NULL)
                   6211:   {
                   6212:   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
                   6213:   return NULL;
                   6214:   }
                   6215: 
                   6216: *errorptr = NULL;
                   6217: if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
                   6218: 
                   6219: /* However, we can give a message for this error */
                   6220: 
                   6221: if (erroroffset == NULL)
                   6222:   {
                   6223:   errorcode = ERR16;
                   6224:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
                   6225:   }
                   6226: 
                   6227: *erroroffset = 0;
                   6228: 
                   6229: /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
                   6230: 
                   6231: if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
                   6232: cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
                   6233: cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
                   6234: cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
                   6235: cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
                   6236: 
1.3     ! misha    6237: /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
        !          6238: 
        !          6239: if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
        !          6240:   {
        !          6241:   errorcode = ERR17;
        !          6242:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6243:   }
        !          6244: 
1.1       misha    6245: /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
                   6246: the offset for later. */
                   6247: 
1.3     ! misha    6248: while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
        !          6249:        ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
1.1       misha    6250:   {
                   6251:   int newnl = 0;
                   6252:   int newbsr = 0;
                   6253: 
1.3     ! misha    6254:   if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
        !          6255:     { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
        !          6256: 
        !          6257:   if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
1.1       misha    6258:     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
1.3     ! misha    6259:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3)  == 0)
1.1       misha    6260:     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
1.3     ! misha    6261:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5)  == 0)
1.1       misha    6262:     { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
1.3     ! misha    6263:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
1.1       misha    6264:     { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
1.3     ! misha    6265:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
1.1       misha    6266:     { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
                   6267: 
1.3     ! misha    6268:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
1.1       misha    6269:     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
1.3     ! misha    6270:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
1.1       misha    6271:     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
                   6272: 
                   6273:   if (newnl != 0)
                   6274:     options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
                   6275:   else if (newbsr != 0)
                   6276:     options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
                   6277:   else break;
                   6278:   }
                   6279: 
1.3     ! misha    6280: /* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
        !          6281: 
        !          6282: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          6283: utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
        !          6284: if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
        !          6285:      (*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
        !          6286:   {
        !          6287:   errorcode = ERR44;
        !          6288:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
        !          6289:   }
        !          6290: #else
        !          6291: if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
        !          6292:   {
        !          6293:   errorcode = ERR32;
        !          6294:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6295:   }
        !          6296: #endif
        !          6297: 
1.1       misha    6298: /* Check validity of \R options. */
                   6299: 
                   6300: switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
                   6301:   {
                   6302:   case 0:
                   6303:   case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF:
                   6304:   case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE:
                   6305:   break;
                   6306:   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
                   6307:   }
                   6308: 
                   6309: /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
                   6310: current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
                   6311: "anycrlf". */
                   6312: 
                   6313: switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
                   6314:   {
                   6315:   case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break;   /* Build-time default */
1.3     ! misha    6316:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
        !          6317:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
1.1       misha    6318:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
1.3     ! misha    6319:        PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
1.1       misha    6320:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
                   6321:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
                   6322:   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
                   6323:   }
                   6324: 
                   6325: if (newline == -2)
                   6326:   {
                   6327:   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
                   6328:   }
                   6329: else if (newline < 0)
                   6330:   {
                   6331:   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
                   6332:   }
                   6333: else
                   6334:   {
                   6335:   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
                   6336:   if (newline > 255)
                   6337:     {
                   6338:     cd->nllen = 2;
                   6339:     cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
                   6340:     cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
                   6341:     }
                   6342:   else
                   6343:     {
                   6344:     cd->nllen = 1;
                   6345:     cd->nl[0] = newline;
                   6346:     }
                   6347:   }
                   6348: 
                   6349: /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
                   6350: references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
                   6351: */
                   6352: 
                   6353: cd->top_backref = 0;
                   6354: cd->backref_map = 0;
                   6355: 
                   6356: /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
                   6357: 
                   6358: DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
                   6359: DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
                   6360: 
                   6361: /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
                   6362: of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
                   6363: argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
                   6364: to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
                   6365: no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
                   6366: is a test for its doing so. */
                   6367: 
                   6368: cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
                   6369: cd->names_found = 0;
                   6370: cd->name_entry_size = 0;
                   6371: cd->name_table = NULL;
                   6372: cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
                   6373: cd->start_code = cworkspace;
                   6374: cd->hwm = cworkspace;
                   6375: cd->start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
                   6376: cd->end_pattern = (const uschar *)(pattern + strlen(pattern));
                   6377: cd->req_varyopt = 0;
                   6378: cd->external_options = options;
                   6379: cd->external_flags = 0;
                   6380: 
                   6381: /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
                   6382: don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
                   6383: been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
                   6384: found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
                   6385: outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
                   6386: 
                   6387: ptr += skipatstart;
                   6388: code = cworkspace;
                   6389: *code = OP_BRA;
                   6390: (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS,
                   6391:   &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd,
                   6392:   &length);
                   6393: if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
                   6394: 
                   6395: DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
                   6396:   cd->hwm - cworkspace));
                   6397: 
                   6398: if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
                   6399:   {
                   6400:   errorcode = ERR20;
                   6401:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
                   6402:   }
                   6403: 
                   6404: /* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
                   6405: externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
                   6406: because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
                   6407: cd->name_entry_size. */
                   6408: 
                   6409: size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + cd->names_found * (cd->name_entry_size + 3);
                   6410: re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
                   6411: 
                   6412: if (re == NULL)
                   6413:   {
                   6414:   errorcode = ERR21;
                   6415:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
                   6416:   }
                   6417: 
                   6418: /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
                   6419: flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
                   6420: tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
                   6421: regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
                   6422: pointers. */
                   6423: 
                   6424: re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
                   6425: re->size = size;
                   6426: re->options = cd->external_options;
                   6427: re->flags = cd->external_flags;
                   6428: re->dummy1 = 0;
                   6429: re->first_byte = 0;
                   6430: re->req_byte = 0;
                   6431: re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
                   6432: re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
                   6433: re->name_count = cd->names_found;
                   6434: re->ref_count = 0;
                   6435: re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
                   6436: re->nullpad = NULL;
                   6437: 
                   6438: /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
                   6439: passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
                   6440: options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
                   6441: field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
                   6442: field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
                   6443: */
                   6444: 
                   6445: cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount;  /* Save for checking forward references */
                   6446: cd->bracount = 0;
                   6447: cd->names_found = 0;
                   6448: cd->name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
                   6449: codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
                   6450: cd->start_code = codestart;
                   6451: cd->hwm = cworkspace;
                   6452: cd->req_varyopt = 0;
                   6453: cd->had_accept = FALSE;
                   6454: 
                   6455: /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
                   6456: error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
                   6457: of the function here. */
                   6458: 
                   6459: ptr = (const uschar *)pattern + skipatstart;
                   6460: code = (uschar *)codestart;
                   6461: *code = OP_BRA;
                   6462: (void)compile_regex(re->options, re->options & PCRE_IMS, &code, &ptr,
                   6463:   &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd, NULL);
                   6464: re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
                   6465: re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
                   6466: re->flags = cd->external_flags;
                   6467: 
                   6468: if (cd->had_accept) reqbyte = -1;   /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
                   6469: 
                   6470: /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
                   6471: 
                   6472: if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
                   6473: 
                   6474: /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
                   6475: if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
                   6476: 
                   6477: *code++ = OP_END;
                   6478: 
                   6479: #ifndef DEBUG
                   6480: if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
                   6481: #endif
                   6482: 
                   6483: /* Fill in any forward references that are required. */
                   6484: 
                   6485: while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cworkspace)
                   6486:   {
                   6487:   int offset, recno;
                   6488:   const uschar *groupptr;
                   6489:   cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
                   6490:   offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
                   6491:   recno = GET(codestart, offset);
                   6492:   groupptr = find_bracket(codestart, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, recno);
                   6493:   if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
                   6494:     else PUT(((uschar *)codestart), offset, groupptr - codestart);
                   6495:   }
                   6496: 
                   6497: /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
                   6498: subpattern. */
                   6499: 
                   6500: if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
                   6501: 
                   6502: /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
                   6503: 
                   6504: if (errorcode != 0)
                   6505:   {
                   6506:   (pcre_free)(re);
                   6507:   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
                   6508:   *erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
                   6509:   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
                   6510:   *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
                   6511:   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
                   6512:   return NULL;
                   6513:   }
                   6514: 
                   6515: /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
                   6516: the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
                   6517: as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
                   6518: 
                   6519: Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
                   6520: speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
                   6521: PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
                   6522: start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
                   6523: */
                   6524: 
                   6525: if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
                   6526:   {
                   6527:   int temp_options = re->options;   /* May get changed during these scans */
                   6528:   if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, cd->backref_map))
                   6529:     re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
                   6530:   else
                   6531:     {
                   6532:     if (firstbyte < 0)
                   6533:       firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
                   6534:     if (firstbyte >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
                   6535:       {
                   6536:       int ch = firstbyte & 255;
                   6537:       re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
                   6538:          cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
                   6539:       re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
                   6540:       }
                   6541:     else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map))
                   6542:       re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
                   6543:     }
                   6544:   }
                   6545: 
                   6546: /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
                   6547: variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
                   6548: bytes. */
                   6549: 
                   6550: if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
                   6551:      ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
                   6552:   {
                   6553:   int ch = reqbyte & 255;
                   6554:   re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
                   6555:     cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
                   6556:   re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
                   6557:   }
                   6558: 
                   6559: /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
                   6560: case when building a production library. */
                   6561: 
                   6562: #ifdef DEBUG
                   6563: 
                   6564: printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
                   6565:   length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
                   6566: 
                   6567: printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
                   6568: 
                   6569: if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
                   6570:   {
                   6571:   int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
                   6572:   const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
                   6573:     "" : " (caseless)";
                   6574:   if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
                   6575:     else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
                   6576:   }
                   6577: 
                   6578: if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
                   6579:   {
                   6580:   int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
                   6581:   const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
                   6582:     "" : " (caseless)";
                   6583:   if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
                   6584:     else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
                   6585:   }
                   6586: 
                   6587: pcre_printint(re, stdout, TRUE);
                   6588: 
                   6589: /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
                   6590: was compiled can be seen. */
                   6591: 
                   6592: if (code - codestart > length)
                   6593:   {
                   6594:   (pcre_free)(re);
                   6595:   *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
                   6596:   *erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
                   6597:   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
                   6598:   return NULL;
                   6599:   }
                   6600: #endif   /* DEBUG */
                   6601: 
                   6602: return (pcre *)re;
                   6603: }
                   6604: 
                   6605: /* End of pcre_compile.c */

E-mail: